1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
128 \html_use_mathml true
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
541 \begin_inset Index idx
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
832 \begin_inset Index idx
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 \begin_inset Index idx
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1047 \begin_inset Index idx
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 \begin_inset Index idx
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1212 \begin_inset Index idx
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1414 \begin_inset Index idx
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1618 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1619 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1620 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1621 go back to your last editing position.
1624 \begin_layout Section
1626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1636 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1641 \begin_inset Index idx
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_inset Index idx
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1688 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1689 is used to propose completions.
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1694 there are completions available.
1695 You can then press the
1699 key to use this completion.
1700 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1701 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1702 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1712 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1717 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1720 by deselecting the option
1727 Automatic inline completion
1729 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1730 To accept this proposal, use the
1739 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1740 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1755 \begin_layout Section
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_inset Index idx
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1835 LyX's default is CUA.
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1871 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1881 LatexCommand nomenclature
1883 description "Tabulator key"
1889 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1890 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1908 , especially section
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sub:Lists"
1921 If you're still confused, look in the
1928 \begin_layout Labeling
1929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1933 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1934 LatexCommand nomenclature
1936 description "Escape key"
1943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1950 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1951 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1954 \begin_layout Labeling
1955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1965 \begin_inset space ~
1972 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1973 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1978 There are three modifier keys:
1981 \begin_layout Labeling
1982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2000 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2001 LatexCommand nomenclature
2003 description "Control key"
2007 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2008 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2012 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2024 \begin_layout Itemize
2033 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2036 \begin_layout Itemize
2045 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2069 LatexCommand nomenclature
2071 description "Shift key"
2075 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2076 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2079 \begin_layout Labeling
2080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2098 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2099 LatexCommand nomenclature
2101 description "Alt or Meta key"
2105 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2106 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2107 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2113 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2115 menu accelerator keys
2118 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2119 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2123 \begin_layout Standard
2124 For example, the sequence
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2168 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2189 manual lists all other things bound to the
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2199 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2200 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2201 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2202 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2203 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2204 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2205 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 followed by a capital
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2229 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2231 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2236 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2239 as explained in sec.
2240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2246 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2255 \begin_inset Index idx
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2313 \begin_inset Index idx
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2337 \begin_inset Index idx
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 \change_deleted 1 1263338271
2383 \change_inserted 1 1263338359
2384 corresponding LaTeX class files, though most TeX distributions will include
2388 Here are some of the classes
2389 \change_inserted 1 1263338393
2394 \change_deleted 1 1263338396
2396 \change_inserted 1 1263338397
2399 he full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2401 Special Document Classes
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2414 \begin_layout Description
2421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2430 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2434 \begin_layout Description
2435 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2436 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2437 There are three article layouts available.
2438 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2439 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2440 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2441 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2446 sequential numbering
2447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2450 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2451 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2452 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2453 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Beamer Layout for presentations
2460 \begin_layout Description
2461 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2462 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2466 \begin_layout Description
2468 \begin_inset space ~
2471 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2478 \begin_layout Description
2481 Die TeXnische Komödie
2483 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Foils Used to make transparencies
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2498 \begin_layout Description
2499 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2500 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2506 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2519 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2522 \begin_layout Description
2523 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2526 \begin_layout Description
2531 LaTeX document class
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2538 \begin_layout Description
2543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2550 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2551 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2553 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2556 \begin_layout Description
2557 Slides Used to make transparencies
2560 \begin_layout Description
2562 \begin_inset space ~
2565 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2566 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2573 \begin_layout Description
2578 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2582 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2584 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2589 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2590 of the document classes.
2593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 \begin_layout Standard
2615 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2616 in the chosen document class.
2617 For example you might want to
2618 \change_deleted 1 1263338413
2621 write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2622 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2623 the corresponding module in the
2629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2633 \begin_inset Index idx
2636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2647 \begin_layout Standard
2648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2656 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2657 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2674 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2676 \change_inserted 1 1263338440
2677 LyX will also advise you about these things.
2687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2691 \begin_layout Standard
2692 Each class has a default set of options.
2693 Here's a quick table describing them:
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2697 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2703 \begin_layout Standard
2705 \begin_inset Tabular
2706 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2707 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 \begin_layout Standard
3167 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 You're probably also wondering what
3175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3179 \begin_inset space ~
3183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3187 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3188 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3193 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3198 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3208 headings, there are also
3216 headings, and so on.
3217 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3218 \begin_inset space ~
3222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3224 reference "sub:Headings"
3231 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3235 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3240 \begin_inset Index idx
3243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 \begin_inset Index idx
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3264 \begin_layout Standard
3265 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3285 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3286 to use for your document.
3287 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3291 \begin_layout Standard
3298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3309 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3310 You can choose between the following five options:
3313 \begin_layout Labeling
3314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3319 Use default page style of current class.
3322 \begin_layout Labeling
3323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3328 No page numbers or headings.
3331 \begin_layout Labeling
3332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3340 \begin_layout Labeling
3341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3346 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3347 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3348 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3351 \begin_layout Labeling
3352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3357 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3363 \begin_inset Index idx
3366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3367 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3373 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3374 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3376 Check the documentation for the
3380 package for more details,
3381 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3390 \begin_layout Standard
3395 of paragraphs is described in section
3396 \begin_inset space ~
3400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3402 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3409 \begin_layout Subsection
3410 Paper Size and Orientation
3411 \begin_inset Index idx
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3415 Document ! Paper size
3421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3423 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3430 \begin_layout Standard
3431 You'll find the following options in the menu
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 of the dialog of the
3441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3447 \begin_inset Index idx
3450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3459 \begin_layout Labeling
3460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3464 \begin_inset space ~
3469 What size paper to print on.
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3489 \begin_layout Itemize
3495 \begin_layout Itemize
3501 \begin_layout Itemize
3507 \begin_layout Itemize
3513 \begin_layout Itemize
3519 \begin_layout Labeling
3520 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3536 \begin_layout Labeling
3537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3541 \begin_inset space ~
3546 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3547 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3550 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3559 \begin_inset Index idx
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3569 \begin_inset Index idx
3572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3582 Paper margins are set in the menu
3584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3588 \begin_inset Index idx
3591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 \begin_layout Standard
3601 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3602 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3603 the paper format and the font size into account.
3606 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 \begin_layout Standard
3611 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3616 That includes the paragraph environments.
3617 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3618 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3619 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX
3620 \change_inserted 1 1263335989
3621 will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3630 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3632 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3633 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3634 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3635 \change_deleted 1 1263335996
3636 sets the missing paragraph environments to
3640 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3641 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3642 the conversion and why it failed.
3647 \begin_layout Section
3648 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3649 \begin_inset Index idx
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3653 Paragraph ! Indentation
3661 \begin_layout Subsection
3663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3665 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3672 \begin_layout Standard
3673 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3674 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3677 \begin_layout Standard
3678 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3679 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3680 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3681 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3685 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3691 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3692 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3693 language than English.
3694 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3699 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3701 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3702 LyX takes care of that.
3703 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3705 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3706 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3707 of a page, and so on.
3711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3712 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3717 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3718 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3722 of these pre-coded spacings.
3723 We'll explain more later.
3726 \begin_layout Subsection
3727 Paragraph Separation
3728 \begin_inset Index idx
3731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3732 Paragraph ! Separation
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3741 To separate paragraphs, select
3752 \begin_inset space ~
3759 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset Index idx
3766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3772 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3773 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3774 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3777 \begin_layout Standard
3787 \begin_layout Standard
3788 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3789 \begin_inset space ~
3793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3795 reference "cap:Units"
3800 The default length is 30
3801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3807 \begin_layout Subsection
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3812 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3817 \begin_inset space ~
3822 dialog and toggle the
3825 \begin_inset space ~
3830 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3833 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3837 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3838 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3844 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3868 \begin_inset Index idx
3871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3883 \begin_inset space ~
3892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3893 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3898 \begin_inset Index idx
3901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3902 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3907 installed to use this feature.
3915 \begin_layout Section
3916 Paragraph Environments
3917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3919 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3924 \begin_inset Index idx
3927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3928 Paragraph ! Environments
3934 \begin_inset Index idx
3937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3938 Paragraph environments|(
3946 \begin_layout Subsection
3950 \begin_layout Standard
3951 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3954 \begin_layout Standard
3973 \begin_inset Newline newline
3976 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3977 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3978 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3987 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3991 A paragraph environment is simply a
3992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3999 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4000 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4001 scheme, labels, and so on.
4002 Additionally, you can
4003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4010 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4011 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4012 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4013 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4014 days of typewriters.
4015 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4017 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4020 \begin_layout Standard
4021 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4022 \begin_inset Graphics
4023 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4029 at the left end of the toolbar.
4030 LyX will change the environment of the
4034 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4035 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4036 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4049 create a new paragraph using the
4053 paragraph environment.
4055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4062 because if you are in one of these environments:
4065 \begin_layout Itemize
4071 \begin_layout Itemize
4077 \begin_layout Itemize
4083 \begin_layout Itemize
4089 \begin_layout Itemize
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 \begin_layout Itemize
4107 \begin_layout Standard
4108 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4112 , rather than resetting it to
4117 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4118 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4119 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4120 \begin_inset space ~
4124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4126 reference "sec:Nesting"
4131 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4136 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4137 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4141 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4147 \begin_layout Subsection
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4152 The default paragraph environment is
4157 It creates a plain paragraph.
4158 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4159 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4160 this manual) are in the
4167 \begin_layout Standard
4168 You can nest a paragraph using the
4172 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4180 \begin_layout Subsection
4182 \begin_inset Index idx
4185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4194 \begin_layout Standard
4195 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4204 for thanks or contact information.
4205 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4206 page along with today's date.
4207 For other types of documents, the title
4208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4215 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4234 Here's how you use them:
4237 \begin_layout Itemize
4238 Put the title of your document in the
4245 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 Put the author name in the
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4254 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4255 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4261 Note that using this environment is optional.
4262 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4263 If you don't want any date, add the line
4264 \begin_inset Newline newline
4274 \begin_inset Newline newline
4277 to the preamble of your document (menu
4279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4286 You can use footnotes to insert
4287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4294 or contact information.
4297 \begin_layout Subsection
4299 \begin_inset Index idx
4302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4318 \begin_layout Standard
4319 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4320 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4325 \begin_inset Index idx
4328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4329 Section headings ! Numbered
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4342 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 \begin_layout Enumerate
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 \begin_layout Enumerate
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4385 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4386 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4387 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4392 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4393 You group the book into chapters.
4394 LyX does similar grouping:
4397 \begin_layout Itemize
4402 is divided in either
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 \begin_layout Itemize
4437 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 \begin_layout Itemize
4461 \begin_layout Itemize
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4482 Not all document types use the
4486 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4491 is the top-level heading.
4499 \begin_layout Standard
4504 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4505 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4507 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4521 \begin_inset Index idx
4524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4525 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Standard
4570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4577 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4578 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4579 table of contents, see section
4580 \begin_inset space ~
4584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 Changing the Numbering
4595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4597 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4604 \begin_layout Standard
4605 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4606 in the Table of Contents.
4607 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4609 Certain classes start with
4623 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4633 This is something you can change.
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4659 \begin_inset space ~
4663 \begin_inset space ~
4668 you'll see two counters.
4673 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4675 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4680 Short Titles of Headings
4681 \begin_inset Index idx
4684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4685 Section headings ! Short titles
4694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4703 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4710 \begin_layout Standard
4711 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4712 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4713 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4714 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4718 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4719 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4720 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4721 To specify a short title, use the menu
4723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4725 \begin_inset space ~
4731 This will insert a box labeled
4732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4747 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4748 This also works for captions inside floats.
4751 \begin_layout Standard
4752 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 The following information applies to all section headings:
4763 \begin_layout Itemize
4764 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4767 \begin_layout Itemize
4768 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4771 \begin_layout Itemize
4772 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4775 \begin_layout Itemize
4776 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4779 \begin_layout Subsection
4780 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4798 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4799 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4800 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4801 the text they contain.
4802 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4810 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4813 \begin_layout Standard
4814 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4823 when you start a new paragraph.
4824 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4828 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4829 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4830 to change back to the
4834 environment yourself.
4837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4854 \begin_inset Index idx
4857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4867 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4868 time for the differences.
4877 are identical except for one difference:
4881 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4890 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4893 \begin_layout Standard
4894 Here's an example of the
4907 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4909 See – no indentation!
4913 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4914 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4915 the other paragraph.
4918 \begin_layout Standard
4919 Here's another example, this time in the
4926 \begin_layout Quotation
4932 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4933 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4934 the first line, then
4938 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4942 you were quoting other text.
4945 \begin_layout Quotation
4946 Here's a new paragraph.
4947 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4948 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 As the examples show,
4956 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4957 They should put quotes in the
4962 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4966 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_inset Index idx
4978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4987 \begin_inset Index idx
4990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5006 \begin_layout Standard
5011 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5017 \begin_inset Newline newline
5020 Which I did not rehearse!
5024 It could be much worse.
5025 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5027 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5028 indented a bit more than the first.
5029 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5035 \begin_inset Newline newline
5038 And make things look fine
5039 \begin_inset Newline newline
5045 arg "newline-insert newline"
5051 \begin_layout Standard
5056 does not indent both margins.
5057 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5058 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5065 arg "newline-insert newline"
5071 \begin_layout Subsection
5073 \begin_inset Index idx
5076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5103 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5112 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5113 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5114 some general features of all four of them.
5117 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5121 \begin_layout Standard
5122 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5124 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5133 reset the environment to
5137 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5138 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5139 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5143 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5146 to break paragraphs.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5151 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5153 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5154 you read all of section
5155 \begin_inset space ~
5159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5161 reference "sec:Nesting"
5169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5175 \begin_inset Index idx
5178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5199 paragraph environment.
5200 It has the following properties:
5203 \begin_layout Itemize
5204 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5208 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5212 \begin_layout Itemize
5213 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5217 \begin_layout Itemize
5218 The items can have any length.
5219 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5220 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5227 \begin_layout Itemize
5232 environment inside another
5236 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5240 \begin_layout Itemize
5241 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 \begin_inset space ~
5254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5256 reference "sec:Nesting"
5260 for a full explanation of nesting.
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5265 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5274 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5279 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5282 \begin_layout Itemize
5283 The label for the first level
5287 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5291 \begin_layout Itemize
5292 The label for the second level is a dash.
5296 \begin_layout Itemize
5297 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5301 \begin_layout Itemize
5302 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5306 \begin_layout Itemize
5307 Back out to the third level.
5311 \begin_layout Itemize
5312 Back to the second level.
5316 \begin_layout Itemize
5317 Back to the outermost level.
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5321 These are the default labels for an
5326 You can customize these labels in the
5328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5331 dialog in the submenu
5338 \begin_inset Index idx
5341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5351 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5352 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5354 \begin_inset space ~
5358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5360 reference "sec:Nesting"
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5373 \begin_inset Index idx
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5385 name "sec:Enumerate"
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5397 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5398 It has these properties:
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5407 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5411 \begin_layout Enumerate
5412 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5415 \begin_layout Enumerate
5420 environment resets the counter to one.
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5438 Items can have any length.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5449 \begin_layout Enumerate
5450 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5463 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5464 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5471 \begin_layout Enumerate
5472 The first level of an
5476 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5480 \begin_layout Enumerate
5481 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5485 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5490 \begin_layout Enumerate
5491 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5494 \begin_layout Enumerate
5495 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5500 \begin_layout Enumerate
5501 Back to the third level
5505 \begin_layout Enumerate
5506 Back to the second level.
5510 \begin_layout Enumerate
5511 Back to the outermost level.
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5520 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5525 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5529 \begin_layout Standard
5530 There is more to nesting
5534 environments than we've stated here.
5535 You should read section
5536 \begin_inset space ~
5540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5542 reference "sec:Nesting"
5546 to learn more about nesting.
5549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5555 \begin_inset Index idx
5558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5572 list has no fixed label.
5573 Instead, LyX uses the first
5574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5581 of the first line as the label.
5585 \begin_layout Description
5586 Example: This is an example of the
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5594 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5598 \begin_layout Standard
5600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5607 it is meant that the first hit of the
5611 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5613 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5621 arg "space-insert protected"
5626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5627 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5629 \begin_inset space ~
5635 \begin_inset space ~
5639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5641 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5645 for more info.) Here is an example:
5648 \begin_layout Description
5650 \begin_inset space ~
5653 Example: This one shows how to use a
5656 \begin_inset space ~
5668 \begin_layout Description
5669 Usage: You should use the
5673 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5674 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5676 It's not a good idea to use a
5680 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5681 You're better off using
5693 paragraphs into them.
5696 \begin_layout Description
5697 Nesting: You can nest
5701 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5707 them from the first line.
5710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5716 \begin_inset Index idx
5719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5728 \begin_layout Standard
5733 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5736 \begin_layout Standard
5737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5745 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5750 environment is named
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5771 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5772 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5775 \begin_layout Labeling
5776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5778 \begin_inset space ~
5781 labels LyX uses the first
5782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5789 of each line as the item label.
5794 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5795 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5796 blank as described above.
5799 \begin_layout Labeling
5800 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5801 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5802 the body of the item text.
5803 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5804 label width plus a little extra space.
5808 \begin_layout Labeling
5809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5814 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5816 If the label width is larger, the label
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 into the first line.
5825 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5826 margin of the rest of the item text.
5829 \begin_layout Labeling
5830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5835 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5840 environment have the same left margin.
5841 \begin_inset Newline newline
5844 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5849 \begin_inset space ~
5858 \begin_inset space ~
5863 determines the default label width.
5864 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5873 multiple times instead.
5874 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5883 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5886 \begin_inset space ~
5891 every time you alter a label in a
5896 \begin_inset Newline newline
5899 The predefined default width is the length of
5900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5909 \begin_inset Newline newline
5913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5921 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5922 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5935 environment the same way like the
5939 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5945 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5954 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5956 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5958 \begin_inset space ~
5962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5964 reference "sec:Nesting"
5968 to learn about nesting.
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5972 There is yet another feature of the
5976 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5978 You can use additional
5982 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5987 are documented in section
5988 \begin_inset space ~
5992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5994 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5999 Here are some examples:
6000 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6006 \begin_layout Labeling
6007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6008 Left The default for
6015 \begin_layout Labeling
6016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6017 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6024 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6027 \begin_layout Labeling
6028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6033 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6040 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6043 \begin_layout Subsection
6045 \begin_inset Index idx
6048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6074 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6082 \begin_inset space ~
6088 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6089 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6090 In contrast, you can use the
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6102 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6103 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6107 \begin_layout Standard
6108 Of course, you're not limited to using
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6124 \begin_inset space ~
6129 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6130 some European academic papers.
6133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6137 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6149 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6150 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6154 \begin_inset space ~
6159 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6160 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6161 Here's an example of each:
6164 \begin_layout Right Address
6166 \begin_inset Newline newline
6170 \begin_inset Newline newline
6174 \begin_inset Newline newline
6177 When is it? What is today?
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6184 \begin_inset space ~
6190 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6191 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6192 Here's an example of the
6199 \begin_layout Address
6201 \begin_inset Newline newline
6204 Where do I send this
6205 \begin_inset Newline newline
6208 Your post office and country
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 As you can see, both
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6224 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6229 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6235 This makes sense, since
6243 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6244 Thus, you have to use
6251 arg "newline-insert newline"
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6260 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6271 menu) to start a new line in an
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_layout Subsection
6290 \begin_layout Standard
6291 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6292 or list of references.
6293 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6300 \begin_inset Index idx
6303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6317 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6318 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6319 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6320 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6324 in anything else or vice versa.
6330 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6331 The book document classes ignores the
6335 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6339 in a letter document class.
6342 \begin_layout Standard
6347 environment does several things for you.
6348 First, it puts the centered label
6349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6357 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6359 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6360 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6361 the subsequent text.
6362 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6363 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6367 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6371 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6372 The new paragraph will still be in the
6377 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6378 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 \begin_inset Float figure
6387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6389 \begin_inset Graphics
6390 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 \begin_inset Caption
6400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6403 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6425 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6429 environment, but since this document is in the
6430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6437 class, we can't do this.
6438 We inserted it therefore as figure
6439 \begin_inset space ~
6443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6445 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6450 If you've never heard of an
6451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6458 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6467 \begin_inset Index idx
6470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6479 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6486 \begin_layout Standard
6491 environment is used to list references.
6492 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6493 only use it at the end of the document.
6498 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6502 When you first open a
6506 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6522 depending on the document class.
6523 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6524 Each paragraph of the
6528 environment is a bibliography entry.
6533 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6534 Each new paragraph is still in the
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6542 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6543 by using a BibTeX database.
6544 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6545 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6546 \begin_inset space ~
6550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6552 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6559 \begin_layout Subsection
6563 \begin_inset Index idx
6566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6567 Paragraph ! LyX code
6573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6582 \begin_layout Standard
6587 environment is another LyX extension.
6588 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6593 key as a fixed whitespace;
6597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6609 \begin_inset space ~
6614 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6619 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6620 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6623 arg "newline-insert newline"
6640 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6641 So, when you finish using the
6645 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6646 Also, you can nest the
6650 environment inside of others.
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6661 arg "newline-insert newline"
6664 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6669 \begin_inset space \space{}
6679 arg "newline-insert newline"
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6689 arg "newline-insert newline"
6700 \begin_layout Itemize
6705 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6712 \begin_layout Itemize
6716 arg "space-insert protected"
6723 \begin_layout Itemize
6724 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6725 You must put at least one
6729 in any line you want blank.
6730 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6738 since that will insert
6743 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6746 arg "self-insert \""
6752 \begin_layout Standard
6756 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6773 printf("Hello World!
6778 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6786 \begin_layout Standard
6787 This is just the standard
6788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6799 \begin_layout Standard
6804 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6805 rc-files, and so on.
6806 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6807 as if you used a typewriter.
6808 \begin_inset Index idx
6811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6812 Paragraph environments|)
6820 \begin_layout Section
6821 Nesting Environments
6822 \begin_inset Index idx
6825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 Nesting ! Environments
6832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6841 \begin_layout Subsection
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6846 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6848 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6850 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6852 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6864 \begin_layout Enumerate
6868 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 \begin_layout Enumerate
6877 \begin_layout Enumerate
6882 \begin_layout Enumerate
6886 \begin_layout Standard
6887 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6888 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6891 \begin_inset space ~
6895 \begin_inset space ~
6903 \begin_inset space ~
6907 \begin_inset space ~
6916 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6917 will tell you how far you are nested).
6918 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6919 \begin_inset Graphics
6920 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6925 \begin_inset Graphics
6926 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6930 or the convenient key bindings
6941 arg "depth-increment"
6947 arg "depth-decrement"
6950 to change the nesting level.
6951 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6952 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6958 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6959 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6960 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6963 \begin_layout Standard
6964 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6965 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6967 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6970 \begin_layout Subsection
6971 What You Can and Can't Nest
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6975 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6976 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6981 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6982 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 Completely unnestable
6989 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6994 \begin_layout Itemize
6995 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7001 environments have them:
7004 \begin_layout Description
7005 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7006 Can't nest into them.
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7022 \begin_layout Itemize
7028 \begin_layout Itemize
7034 \begin_layout Itemize
7041 \begin_layout Description
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7046 Nestable You can nest them.
7047 You can nest other things into them.
7051 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Description
7101 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7102 You can't nest anything into them.
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7172 \begin_layout Itemize
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 \begin_layout Itemize
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7194 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7210 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7219 \begin_inset space ~
7223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7227 \begin_inset space \space{}
7230 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7231 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7232 section headings violate this.
7240 \begin_layout Subsection
7241 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7242 \begin_inset Index idx
7245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7246 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7255 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7256 affected by nesting anyhow.
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7268 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7282 Figures and tables in
7286 are not affected by this.
7291 Have a look at section
7292 \begin_inset space ~
7296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7298 reference "sec:Floats"
7302 for more information about
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7310 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7311 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7316 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7324 of its own, it behaves just like a
7325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7332 paragraph environment.
7333 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7338 Here's an example with a table:
7341 \begin_layout Enumerate
7346 \begin_layout Enumerate
7347 This is (a) and it's nested.
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7352 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7360 \begin_inset Tabular
7361 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7362 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7363 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7448 \begin_layout Standard
7449 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7456 \begin_layout Enumerate
7458 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7462 \begin_layout Enumerate
7466 \begin_layout Standard
7467 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7470 \begin_layout Enumerate
7475 \begin_layout Enumerate
7476 This is (a) and it's nested.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7481 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7489 \begin_inset Tabular
7490 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7491 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7492 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7578 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7584 \begin_layout Enumerate
7591 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7598 \begin_layout Standard
7599 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7603 \begin_layout Standard
7604 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7606 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7609 \begin_layout Enumerate
7614 \begin_layout Enumerate
7615 This is (a) and it's nested.
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7625 \begin_layout Standard
7627 \begin_inset Tabular
7628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7743 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7744 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7748 \begin_layout Subsection
7749 Usage and General Features
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7762 is the innermost possible depth.
7763 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7766 \begin_layout Enumerate
7767 level #1 – outermost
7771 \begin_layout Enumerate
7776 \begin_layout Enumerate
7781 \begin_layout Enumerate
7786 \begin_layout Itemize
7791 \begin_layout Itemize
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7801 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7802 both of them in the example.
7803 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7813 For example, if we tried to nest another
7818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7825 , we would get errors.
7828 \begin_layout Subsection
7830 \begin_inset Index idx
7833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7842 \begin_layout Standard
7843 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7844 We have several examples of nested environments.
7845 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7850 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7853 \begin_layout Labeling
7854 \labelwidthstring MMM
7855 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7864 \begin_layout Labeling
7865 \labelwidthstring MMM
7866 #2-a This is level #2.
7867 We created it by using
7870 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7876 arg "depth-increment"
7883 \begin_layout Labeling
7884 \labelwidthstring MMM
7885 #3-a This is level #3.
7886 This time, we just hit
7893 arg "depth-increment"
7897 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7901 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7907 arg "depth-increment"
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 environment, nested inside of
7920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7928 So, it's at level #4.
7929 We did this by hitting
7932 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7938 arg "depth-increment"
7941 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7946 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7967 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7970 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7976 \begin_layout Labeling
7977 \labelwidthstring MMM
7978 #4-a This is level #4.
7982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7985 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7990 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7994 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7999 keep nesting things inside
8000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8011 \begin_layout Labeling
8012 \labelwidthstring MMM
8013 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8018 \begin_layout Labeling
8019 \labelwidthstring MMM
8020 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8021 and this is level #6.
8022 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #5-b Back to level #5.
8032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8038 arg "depth-decrement"
8045 \begin_layout Labeling
8046 \labelwidthstring MMM
8050 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8056 arg "depth-decrement"
8059 , we're back at level #4.
8063 \begin_layout Labeling
8064 \labelwidthstring MMM
8065 #3-b Back to level #3.
8066 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8070 \begin_layout Labeling
8071 \labelwidthstring MMM
8072 #2-b Back to level #2.
8077 \begin_layout Labeling
8078 \labelwidthstring MMM
8079 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8080 After this sentence, we'll hit
8084 and change the paragraph environment back to
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 We could have also used the
8108 environment in place of the
8113 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8116 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8117 Example 2: Inheritance
8120 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8121 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8124 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8133 arg "depth-increment"
8136 , after which, we'll change to the
8144 \begin_layout Enumerate
8149 environment, at level #2.
8152 \begin_layout Enumerate
8153 Notice how the nested
8157 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8161 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8165 \begin_layout Standard
8166 We ended this example by hitting
8171 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8175 and reset the nesting depth by using
8178 arg "depth-decrement"
8184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8185 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8198 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8206 \begin_layout Enumerate
8207 This is level #1, in an
8211 paragraph environment.
8212 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8216 \begin_layout Enumerate
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-increment"
8231 Now, what happens if we nest an
8235 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8236 label be? An asterisk?
8240 \begin_layout Itemize
8250 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8251 So, its label is a bullet.
8252 (We got here by using
8255 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8261 arg "depth-increment"
8264 , then changing the environment to
8272 \begin_layout Itemize
8273 Here's level #4, produced using
8276 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8282 arg "depth-increment"
8286 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8292 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8294 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8299 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8303 , because we are in the
8312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8337 type of numbering does LyX use?
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8341 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8347 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8350 \begin_layout Enumerate
8354 arg "depth-decrement"
8357 to decrease the depth after the next
8360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8367 \begin_layout Enumerate
8369 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8373 \begin_layout Enumerate
8375 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8376 numeral as the label.Why?
8379 \begin_layout Enumerate
8380 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8389 Notice, however, that LyX
8393 reset the counter for the label.
8397 \begin_layout Enumerate
8401 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8407 arg "depth-decrement"
8410 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8411 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8412 into the twofold-nested
8420 \begin_layout Enumerate
8421 The same thing happens if we do another
8424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8430 arg "depth-decrement"
8433 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8436 \begin_layout Standard
8437 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8442 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8456 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8462 The same rule applies for the
8466 environment, as well.
8469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8470 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8475 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8476 same detail with how we did it.
8485 \begin_layout Standard
8493 arg "depth-increment"
8500 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8501 example in parentheses someplace.
8502 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8503 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8504 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8508 \begin_layout Enumerate
8513 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8518 Now we'll add verse.
8519 \begin_inset Newline newline
8522 It will get much worse.
8523 \begin_inset Newline newline
8533 arg "depth-increment"
8544 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8545 \begin_inset Newline newline
8548 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8549 \begin_inset Newline newline
8555 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8577 \begin_inset Tabular
8578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8579 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8670 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8680 arg "depth-increment"
8686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8696 arg "depth-decrement"
8703 \begin_layout Enumerate
8708 : level #1) This is another item.
8709 Note that selecting a
8713 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8714 3 times to put the table inside the
8722 \begin_layout Quotation
8723 We're now ending the
8727 list and changing to
8732 We're still at level #1.
8733 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8734 The next set of paragraphs is a
8735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8749 \begin_inset space ~
8754 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8758 for the letter body.
8762 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8765 to preserve the depth.
8766 Remember that you need to use
8769 arg "newline-insert newline"
8772 to create multiple lines inside the
8779 \begin_inset space ~
8789 \begin_layout Right Address
8791 \begin_inset Newline newline
8794 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8795 \begin_inset Newline newline
8801 \begin_layout Address
8803 \begin_inset space ~
8809 \begin_layout Quotation
8810 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8814 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8815 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8816 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8817 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8818 as soon as possible.
8819 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8822 \begin_layout Quotation
8823 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8824 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8825 with your order, along with payment.
8828 \begin_layout Quotation
8829 We thank you again for your patience.
8832 \begin_layout Address
8834 \begin_inset Newline newline
8841 \begin_layout Quotation
8842 That ends that example!
8845 \begin_layout Standard
8846 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8847 just a few keystrokes.
8848 We could have easily nested an
8869 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8872 \begin_layout Section
8873 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8874 \begin_inset Index idx
8877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 \begin_layout Standard
8887 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8888 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8889 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8890 be broken at the end of a line.
8891 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8895 \begin_layout Subsection
8897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8899 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8904 \begin_inset Index idx
8907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8919 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8923 Further documentation is given in section
8924 \begin_inset Newline newline
8928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8930 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8938 \begin_layout Standard
8939 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8954 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8963 A protected space is set with
8965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8970 \begin_inset space ~
8980 arg "space-insert protected"
8986 \begin_layout Subsection
8988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8990 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8995 \begin_inset Index idx
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8999 Spacing ! Horizontal
9007 \begin_layout Standard
9008 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9015 The length units are listed in Appendix
9016 \begin_inset space ~
9020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9022 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9033 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9038 \begin_inset Index idx
9041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9056 \begin_inset space \space{}
9059 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9060 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9061 \begin_inset space ~
9065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9067 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9072 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9073 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9076 arg "space-insert normal"
9082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9086 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9091 \begin_inset Index idx
9094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9103 \begin_layout Standard
9105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9112 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9121 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9122 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9123 inside abbreviations:
9128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9132 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 or between values and units.
9137 Compare for example this:
9138 \begin_inset Newline newline
9142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9146 \begin_inset Newline newline
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9156 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9158 \begin_inset space ~
9166 arg "space-insert thin"
9172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9176 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9183 \begin_layout Standard
9184 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9187 \begin_layout Description
9189 \begin_inset space ~
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9201 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9205 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9208 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9211 \begin_layout Description
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9221 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9225 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9229 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9236 em) space between the arrows.
9239 \begin_layout Description
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9249 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9253 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9257 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9261 \begin_inset space ~
9265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9268 em) space between the arrows.
9271 \begin_layout Description
9273 \begin_inset space ~
9277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9281 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9285 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9289 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9293 \begin_inset space ~
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9300 em) space between the arrows.
9303 \begin_layout Description
9305 \begin_inset space ~
9309 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9313 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9318 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9325 cm space between the arrows.
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9330 \begin_inset space ~
9334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9336 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9340 lists the different space sizes.
9343 \begin_layout Standard
9344 \begin_inset Float table
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset Caption
9353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9356 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9360 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9370 \begin_inset Tabular
9371 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9372 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9373 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9374 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9591 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9597 \begin_inset Index idx
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9609 \begin_layout Standard
9610 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9611 in a uniform fashion.
9612 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9613 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9614 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9615 equally between themselves.
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9620 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9625 This is on the left side
9626 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 This is on the right
9635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9662 \begin_layout Standard
9663 That was an example in the
9669 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9677 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9680 is one in a standard paragraph.
9681 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9685 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9692 \begin_inset space ~
9697 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9726 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9730 \begin_inset space ~
9736 \begin_layout Standard
9738 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9750 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9754 \begin_inset space ~
9760 \begin_layout Standard
9762 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9766 \begin_inset space ~
9772 \begin_layout Standard
9773 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9785 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9786 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9787 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9791 option in the space dialog.
9799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9801 \begin_inset Index idx
9804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9814 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9820 \begin_inset space \space{}
9823 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9826 \begin_layout Standard
9827 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9830 What is correct English?:
9831 \begin_inset Newline newline
9835 \begin_inset Newline newline
9839 \begin_inset space ~
9842 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9843 \begin_inset Newline newline
9850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9861 \begin_inset Newline newline
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9879 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9891 \begin_inset space ~
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9921 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9925 for more information about TeX-Code.
9931 In our case write the command
9938 (note the space after
9939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9946 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9947 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9948 That is why it is named
9949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9961 There exists also the commands
9973 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9974 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9977 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9989 \begin_layout Subsection
9991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9993 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9998 \begin_inset Index idx
10001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10011 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10014 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10022 There you find the following sizes:
10025 \begin_layout Standard
10038 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10043 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10049 \begin_inset Index idx
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 Document ! Settings
10058 for the paragraph separation.
10059 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10070 \begin_layout Standard
10076 \begin_inset Index idx
10079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10085 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10086 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10088 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10089 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10098 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10107 s are described in section
10108 \begin_inset space ~
10112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10114 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10123 If there are several
10127 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10128 You can therefore use
10132 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10140 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10141 \begin_inset space ~
10145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10147 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10154 \begin_layout Standard
10155 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10166 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10178 \begin_layout Subsection
10179 Paragraph Alignment
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10189 There are five possibilities:
10192 \begin_layout Itemize
10200 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10206 \begin_layout Itemize
10214 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10220 \begin_layout Itemize
10228 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10234 \begin_layout Itemize
10242 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10248 \begin_layout Itemize
10256 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10264 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10265 the left and right margins.
10266 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10271 This paragraph is right aligned,
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10276 this one is centered,
10279 \begin_layout Standard
10281 this one is left aligned.
10284 \begin_layout Subsection
10286 \begin_inset Index idx
10289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10290 Page breaks ! Forced
10296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10298 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10306 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10307 can force a page break where you want one.
10308 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10309 Only if you use a lot of
10313 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10318 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10322 have to change the page breaking.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10328 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10339 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10349 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10351 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10352 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10356 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10357 at the top of a page.
10358 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10359 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10360 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10361 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10365 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10369 to learn more about
10376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10380 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10385 \begin_inset Index idx
10388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10389 Page breaks ! Clear
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10398 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10399 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10400 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10401 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10402 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10406 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 \begin_inset space ~
10417 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10431 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10432 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10435 \begin_layout Subsection
10437 \begin_inset Index idx
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10449 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10456 \begin_layout Standard
10457 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10459 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10462 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10464 \begin_inset space ~
10468 \begin_inset space ~
10476 arg "newline-insert newline"
10480 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10483 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10485 \begin_inset space ~
10489 \begin_inset space ~
10494 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10496 This is necessary to avoid
10497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10504 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10509 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10510 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10511 set a line break, e.
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 \begin_inset space \space{}
10519 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10520 \begin_inset space ~
10524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10526 reference "sec:Quote"
10531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10533 reference "sec:Verse"
10538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10540 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10547 \begin_layout Subsection
10549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10551 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10556 \begin_inset Index idx
10559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10574 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10576 \begin_inset space ~
10581 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10587 \begin_layout Section
10588 Characters and Symbols
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10593 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10598 \begin_inset space \space{}
10601 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10609 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10613 for information on how this is done.
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10622 dialog via the menu
10624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10625 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10630 \change_inserted 1 1263338624
10631 You can also enter some sorts of accented characters by using the mini-buffer.
10632 For example, entering
10633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10640 will produce the character: ë.
10645 \begin_layout Standard
10646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10654 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10655 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10656 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10664 \begin_layout Section
10665 Fonts and Text Styles
10666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10668 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10675 \begin_layout Subsection
10677 \begin_inset Index idx
10680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 There are two types of fonts:
10693 \begin_layout Description
10695 \begin_inset space ~
10699 \begin_inset Index idx
10702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10713 characters) in the font.
10714 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10715 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10716 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10717 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10718 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10719 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10720 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10721 \begin_inset Newline newline
10724 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10725 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10726 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10727 sizes than at small ones.
10728 \begin_inset Newline newline
10742 \begin_inset space ~
10750 \begin_layout Description
10752 \begin_inset space ~
10756 \begin_inset Index idx
10759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10765 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10766 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10767 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10768 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10769 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10770 picture manipulation program.
10771 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10772 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10773 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10774 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10775 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10777 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10778 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10779 \begin_inset Newline newline
10782 Bitmap fonts are named
10785 \begin_inset space ~
10790 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10795 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10796 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10797 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10798 use scalable fonts.
10801 \begin_layout Standard
10802 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10803 its document properties.
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10808 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10809 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10810 font to emphasize text, you use an
10811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10819 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10820 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10824 \begin_layout Subsection
10825 Document Font and Font size
10826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10828 name "sub:Document-Font"
10833 \begin_inset Index idx
10836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10843 \begin_inset Index idx
10846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 You can set the document fonts in the
10858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10862 \begin_inset Index idx
10865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10866 Document ! Settings
10872 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10873 font shapes roman (serif),
10876 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10889 The possible options for the font include
10893 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10898 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10920 European Computer Modern
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 \begin_layout Standard
10942 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10943 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10948 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10951 \begin_inset space ~
10956 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10962 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10963 There are three ways to use one:
10966 \begin_layout Itemize
10967 One way is to use the
10977 Virtual means that it
10978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10989 -glyphs from other fonts.
10990 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11012 Loading the LaTeX-package
11017 \begin_inset Index idx
11020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11021 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11026 with the document preamble line
11027 \begin_inset Newline newline
11034 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11035 \begin_inset Newline newline
11040 will fix the guillemet problem.
11045 and that accented characters are not
11049 glyph, they are build of
11053 characters, the accent and the letter.
11054 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11058 fonts for words with accented characters.
11059 If you search for example for the French word
11060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11067 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11076 and not for the glyph
11077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11081 \begin_inset space ~
11085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11091 \begin_layout Itemize
11092 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11105 , consist of these three main font types
11108 \begin_inset space ~
11137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11148 as typewriter font.
11149 \begin_inset Newline newline
11152 The differences between roman,
11155 \begin_inset space ~
11164 fonts are explained in section
11165 \begin_inset space ~
11169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11171 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11176 \begin_inset Newline newline
11183 was originally designed for newspapers.
11184 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11185 into the small newspaper columns.
11190 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11193 \begin_layout Itemize
11194 The best solution is to use the
11203 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11207 as the default font.
11208 In most cases they look the same as
11216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11217 One difference is improved kerning for the
11230 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11245 For the font size there are four possible values:
11262 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11265 \begin_layout Standard
11266 The font sizes are the
11271 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11272 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11273 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11276 \begin_inset space ~
11282 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11283 \begin_inset space ~
11287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11289 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11296 \begin_layout Standard
11301 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11302 a font to display the script characters.
11306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11307 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11312 So this has no effect for the document language
11328 \begin_layout Standard
11329 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11333 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11341 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11345 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11346 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11347 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11349 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11352 dialog, see section
11353 \begin_inset space ~
11357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11359 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11371 \begin_layout Subsection
11372 Using Different Character Styles
11373 \begin_inset Index idx
11376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset Index idx
11386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11396 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11397 certain paragraph environments.
11398 LyX supports two character styles,
11407 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11416 style, do one of the following:
11419 \begin_layout Itemize
11420 click on the toolbar button
11421 \begin_inset Graphics
11422 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11429 \begin_layout Itemize
11430 use the key binding
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 These commands are all toggles.
11445 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11448 \begin_layout Standard
11449 One typically uses the
11453 style for proper names.
11455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11462 is the original author of LyX.
11463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 \begin_layout Standard
11470 A more widely used character style is the
11475 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11482 \begin_layout Itemize
11483 clicking on the toolbar button
11484 \begin_inset Graphics
11485 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11492 \begin_layout Itemize
11493 using the keybindings
11502 \begin_layout Standard
11507 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11508 es use a different font.
11511 \begin_layout Standard
11512 We've been using the
11516 style all over the place in this document.
11517 Here's one more example:
11520 \begin_layout Quotation
11523 Don't overuse character styles!
11526 \begin_layout Standard
11527 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11528 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11529 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11530 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11534 \begin_layout Standard
11535 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11553 \begin_layout Subsection
11554 Fine-Tuning with the
11559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11561 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11566 \begin_inset Index idx
11569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11578 \begin_layout Standard
11579 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11580 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11581 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11582 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11583 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11584 from ordinary dialog.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11589 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11590 \begin_inset Newline newline
11593 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11594 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 To use custom character styles, open the
11600 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11602 \begin_inset space ~
11608 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11609 font property which you can choose.
11610 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11613 \begin_inset space ~
11618 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11623 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11624 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11625 environments in a snap.
11628 \begin_layout Standard
11629 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11632 \begin_inset space ~
11644 \begin_layout Labeling
11645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11659 The possible options are:
11663 \begin_layout Labeling
11664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11669 This is the Roman font family.
11670 Normally a serif font.
11671 It's also the default family.
11681 \begin_layout Labeling
11682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11686 \begin_inset space ~
11693 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 This is the Typewriter font family.
11719 arg "font-typewriter"
11728 \begin_layout Labeling
11729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11734 This corresponds to the print weight.
11739 \begin_layout Labeling
11740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11745 This is the Medium font series.
11746 It's also the default series.
11749 \begin_layout Labeling
11750 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11757 This is the Bold font series.
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 As the name implies.
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 This is the Upright font shape.
11788 It's also the default shape.
11791 \begin_layout Labeling
11792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 s the Italic font shape
11812 \begin_layout Labeling
11813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11820 This is the Slanted font shape
11822 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11825 \begin_layout Labeling
11826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11830 \begin_inset space ~
11837 This is the Small caps font shape
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11850 Alters the size of the font.
11851 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11852 nal to the document font size.
11853 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11854 what you want to do.
11859 \begin_layout Labeling
11860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11881 arg "font-size tiny"
11887 \begin_layout Labeling
11888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11909 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11937 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11943 \begin_layout Labeling
11944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11965 arg "font-size small"
11971 \begin_layout Labeling
11972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11986 It's also the default size.
11990 arg "font-size normal"
11996 \begin_layout Labeling
11997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12018 arg "font-size large"
12024 \begin_layout Labeling
12025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12046 arg "font-size larger"
12052 \begin_layout Labeling
12053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12074 arg "font-size largest"
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12102 arg "font-size huge"
12108 \begin_layout Labeling
12109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12130 arg "font-size giant"
12137 \begin_layout Standard
12142 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12143 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12144 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12145 — use that instead.
12146 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12149 \begin_layout Labeling
12150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12155 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12160 \begin_layout Labeling
12161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12168 This is text with emphasize on
12171 This might seem like the same as
12175 , but it is actually a bit different.
12181 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12183 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12186 \begin_layout Labeling
12187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12194 This is text with Underbar on.
12200 arg "font-underline"
12206 \begin_inset Newline newline
12211 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12212 when you couldn't change fonts.
12213 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12214 It's only included in LyX because some people
12218 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12221 \begin_layout Labeling
12222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12229 This is text with Noun on.
12236 , this is a logical attribute.
12237 Normally it's equivalent to
12240 \begin_inset space ~
12249 \begin_layout Labeling
12250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12255 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12256 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12260 \begin_inset space ~
12265 , which is the default
12266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12273 and means normally black, you can choose between
12306 \begin_inset Index idx
12309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12318 \begin_layout Labeling
12319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12324 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12325 the language of the document.
12326 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12330 \begin_layout Standard
12331 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12332 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12334 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12336 \begin_inset space ~
12341 dialog, the settings are saved.
12342 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12343 \begin_inset Graphics
12344 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12349 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12350 when the dialog isn't visible.
12354 \begin_layout Standard
12355 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12362 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12363 (suppose you just set the shape to
12364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12382 \begin_inset space ~
12394 \begin_layout Standard
12395 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12403 \begin_inset space ~
12415 \begin_layout Itemize
12421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12428 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12446 \begin_inset Newline newline
12453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12478 \begin_inset Note Note
12481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12482 For more on phantoms see section
12483 \begin_inset space ~
12487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12489 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12499 \begin_inset Newline newline
12505 \begin_layout Itemize
12510 fonts use characters with serifs.
12511 These are the small
12512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12520 The following example will show the difference:
12521 \begin_inset Newline newline
12525 \begin_inset Newline newline
12530 text without serifs
12533 \begin_inset Newline newline
12536 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12537 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12544 \begin_layout Itemize
12550 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12551 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12554 \begin_layout Standard
12555 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12556 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12559 \begin_layout Section
12560 Printing and Previewing
12563 \begin_layout Subsection
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12569 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12570 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12571 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12572 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12574 Additional Features
12579 \begin_layout Standard
12580 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12581 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12582 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12583 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12584 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12585 This happens in two stages:
12588 \begin_layout Enumerate
12589 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12590 generating a file with the extension,
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12605 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12610 file to produce printable output.
12614 \begin_layout Subsection
12615 Output file formats
12616 \begin_inset Index idx
12619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12628 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12635 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12637 \begin_inset Index idx
12640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12641 File formats ! ASCII
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 This file type has the extension
12651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12663 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12667 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12674 \begin_layout Standard
12675 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12677 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12686 \begin_inset Index idx
12689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 File formats ! LaTeX
12698 \begin_layout Standard
12699 This file type has the extension
12700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12713 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12714 it manually with console commands.
12715 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12716 you view or export your document.
12719 \begin_layout Standard
12720 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12722 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12723 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12742 \begin_inset Index idx
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12754 \begin_layout Standard
12755 This file type has the extension
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12776 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12777 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12778 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12784 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12785 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12786 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12788 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12794 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12795 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12803 \begin_inset Index idx
12806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12807 File formats ! PostScript
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 This file type has the extension
12817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 PostScript was developed by the company
12833 as a printer language.
12834 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12836 PostScript can be seen as a
12837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12840 programming language
12841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12844 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12849 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12855 \begin_inset Index idx
12858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12859 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12869 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12872 \begin_layout Standard
12873 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12877 Encapsulated PostScript
12878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12881 (EPS, file extension
12882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12894 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12895 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12897 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12900 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12904 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12905 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12906 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12907 EPS to avoid this problem.
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12913 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12914 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12922 \begin_inset Index idx
12925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12932 \begin_inset Index idx
12935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12944 \begin_layout Standard
12945 This file type has the extension
12946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 Portable Document Format
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 was derived from PostScript.
12971 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12981 looks exactly the same.
12984 \begin_layout Standard
12985 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12989 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12993 (JPG, file extension
12994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13021 Portable Network Graphics
13022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 (PNG, file extension
13026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13038 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13039 in the background to one of these formats.
13040 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13041 will slow down your workflow.
13042 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13045 \begin_layout Standard
13046 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13048 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13051 in three different ways:
13054 \begin_layout Description
13055 PDF This uses the program
13059 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13060 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13064 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13065 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13068 \begin_layout Description
13070 \begin_inset space ~
13073 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13077 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13081 \begin_layout Description
13083 \begin_inset space ~
13086 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13090 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 We recommend to use
13097 \begin_inset space ~
13106 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13107 works without problems.
13112 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13117 \begin_inset Index idx
13120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13121 FileFormats ! XHTML
13127 \begin_inset Index idx
13130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13139 \begin_layout Standard
13140 This file type has the extension
13141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13153 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13154 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13155 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13156 suitable for the purpose.
13157 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13158 it, but not all do.
13161 \begin_layout Standard
13162 XHTML output remains
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13170 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 LyX and the World Wide Web
13176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13181 Additional Features
13183 manual, for more information.
13186 \begin_layout Standard
13187 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13190 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13196 \begin_layout Subsection
13198 \begin_inset Index idx
13201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13210 \begin_layout Standard
13211 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13212 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13216 and choose a file type.
13217 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13223 you can use the toolbar button
13224 \begin_inset Graphics
13225 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13232 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13237 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13239 \begin_inset space ~
13245 \begin_inset Graphics
13246 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13252 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13256 \begin_inset Graphics
13257 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13264 arg "buffer-view ps"
13270 \begin_layout Standard
13271 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13272 viewer window using the menu
13274 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13280 \begin_layout Standard
13281 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13283 To have a real output, export your document.
13286 \begin_layout Subsection
13287 Printing the File from within LyX
13288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13290 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13297 \begin_layout Standard
13298 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13299 it directly from within LyX.
13300 To print a file, select the menu
13302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13305 or click on the toolbar button
13306 \begin_inset Graphics
13307 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13312 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13313 This file is then processed by the program
13317 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13322 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13327 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13328 printing one set to print on the other side.
13329 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13330 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13331 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13334 \begin_layout Standard
13335 You can set the parameters in the
13338 \begin_inset space ~
13346 \begin_layout Labeling
13347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13357 Note that this printer name is for the program
13366 has to be configured for this printer name.
13367 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13368 \begin_inset space ~
13372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13374 reference "sub:Printer"
13383 The printer should understand PostScript.
13386 \begin_layout Labeling
13387 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13392 The name of a file to print to.
13393 The output will be a PostScript file.
13394 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13398 \begin_layout Section
13399 A few Words about Typography
13400 \begin_inset Index idx
13403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13412 \begin_layout Subsection
13414 \begin_inset Index idx
13417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13426 \begin_layout Standard
13428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13439 character comes in four lengths: the
13451 , and the minus sign:
13452 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 \begin_inset Tabular
13460 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13461 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13462 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13463 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13464 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13465 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13494 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13534 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13561 \begin_inset space ~
13564 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13571 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13598 \begin_inset space ~
13601 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13622 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13656 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13675 character multiple times in a row.
13676 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13677 the final output, but not in LyX.
13679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13709 \begin_layout Standard
13710 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13711 math mode and has a length of its own.
13712 Here are some examples of the
13713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13727 \begin_layout Enumerate
13728 line- and page-breaks
13729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13739 \begin_layout Enumerate
13741 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13751 \begin_layout Enumerate
13752 Oh — there's a dash.
13753 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13763 \begin_layout Enumerate
13764 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13768 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13778 \begin_layout Subsection
13780 \begin_inset Index idx
13783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13792 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13800 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13801 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13806 \begin_inset Index idx
13809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13810 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13815 following the rules of the document language
13819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13820 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13828 \begin_inset space ~
13832 \begin_inset space ~
13839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13850 \begin_layout Standard
13851 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13856 font and with unusual constructs, like
13857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13865 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13866 This is done with the menu
13868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13869 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13871 \begin_inset space ~
13877 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13878 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13883 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13893 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 as hyphenation possibility.
13902 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13903 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13904 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13910 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13911 As LyX doesn't support
13917 , you have to use TeX Code.
13918 The result looks in LyX like:
13921 \begin_layout Standard
13922 \begin_inset Graphics
13923 filename clipart/mbox.png
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13938 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13945 \begin_layout Subsection
13947 \begin_inset Index idx
13950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13960 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13963 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13971 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13972 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13973 LaTeX then adds the
13974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13977 appropriate amount of space
13978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13982 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13984 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13987 \begin_layout Standard
13988 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13989 not work in all cases.
13991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14002 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14003 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 Here are some examples of
14011 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14014 \begin_layout Itemize
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14028 \begin_layout Itemize
14030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14034 this is too much space!
14037 \begin_layout Itemize
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14050 \begin_layout Enumerate
14054 \begin_inset space ~
14059 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14060 \begin_inset space ~
14064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14066 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14071 \begin_inset Index idx
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14075 Spaces ! inter-word
14083 \begin_layout Enumerate
14087 \begin_inset space ~
14092 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14093 \begin_inset space ~
14097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14099 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14104 \begin_inset Index idx
14107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14116 \begin_layout Enumerate
14120 \begin_inset space ~
14124 \begin_inset space ~
14128 \begin_inset space ~
14135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14137 \begin_inset space ~
14142 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14143 This function is also bound to
14146 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14152 \begin_layout Standard
14153 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14156 \begin_layout Itemize
14158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14162 \begin_inset space \space{}
14165 this is too much space!
14168 \begin_layout Itemize
14169 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14175 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14176 will take care of this.
14179 \begin_layout Standard
14180 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14184 \begin_inset space ~
14189 feature described in section
14195 Additional Features
14200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14202 \begin_inset Index idx
14205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14206 Typography ! Quotes
14212 \begin_inset Index idx
14215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14247 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14248 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14249 and use a closing quote at the end.
14251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14259 The keyboard character,
14263 , generates this automatically.
14266 \begin_layout Standard
14267 You can change the behavior of the
14271 key using the submenu
14277 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14281 \begin_inset Index idx
14284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14285 Document ! Settings
14293 \begin_layout Standard
14294 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14299 There are six choices:
14302 \begin_layout Labeling
14303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14315 Use quotes like this
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14324 \begin_inset Quotes els
14328 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14334 \begin_layout Labeling
14335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14338 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14342 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14348 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14356 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14362 \begin_layout Labeling
14363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14366 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14370 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14376 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14384 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14388 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14394 \begin_layout Labeling
14395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14398 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14402 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14408 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14412 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14416 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14420 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14426 \begin_layout Labeling
14427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14430 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14434 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14440 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14448 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14452 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14458 \begin_layout Labeling
14459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14462 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14466 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14472 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14476 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14480 \begin_inset Quotes als
14484 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14490 \begin_layout Standard
14491 These settings affect what character the
14498 \begin_layout Subsection
14500 \begin_inset Index idx
14503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14504 Typography ! Ligatures
14510 \begin_inset Index idx
14513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14544 name "sub:Ligatures"
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14553 print them as single characters.
14554 These groups are known as
14559 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14561 Here are the standard ligatures:
14564 \begin_layout Itemize
14568 \begin_layout Itemize
14572 \begin_layout Itemize
14576 \begin_layout Itemize
14580 \begin_layout Itemize
14584 \begin_layout Standard
14585 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14588 \begin_layout Standard
14589 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14590 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 To break a ligature, use
14616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14617 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14619 \begin_inset space ~
14626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14637 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14654 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_layout Subsection
14664 \begin_inset Index idx
14667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14676 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14683 \begin_layout Standard
14684 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14685 characters in different sizes and heights.
14686 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14687 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 \begin_inset Note Note
14710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14720 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14725 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14729 \begin_layout Description
14730 LyX The name of the game, write
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 \begin_layout Description
14753 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14775 \begin_layout Description
14776 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14798 \begin_layout Description
14799 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14822 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14827 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14835 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14836 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14837 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14840 : The actual version is
14841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14848 , the previous one was
14849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14860 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14865 \begin_inset space \space{}
14868 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14870 This will look in LyX like:
14871 \begin_inset Graphics
14872 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14878 \begin_inset Newline newline
14881 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14882 \begin_inset space ~
14886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14888 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14895 \begin_layout Subsection
14897 \begin_inset Index idx
14900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14910 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14911 space between two words.
14912 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14922 for units use the menu
14924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14925 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14927 \begin_inset space ~
14935 arg "space-insert thin"
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14942 Here's an example to show the differences:
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14946 \begin_inset Tabular
14947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14948 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14949 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14950 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14957 \begin_inset space ~
14961 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14973 space between number and unit
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14989 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15001 half space between number and unit
15014 \begin_layout Subsection
15016 \begin_inset Index idx
15019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15020 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15028 \begin_layout Standard
15029 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15031 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15032 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15033 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15034 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15035 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15036 These bits of text became known as
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15049 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15050 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15051 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15052 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15053 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15054 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15057 \begin_layout Standard
15058 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15059 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15060 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15061 \begin_inset space ~
15065 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15067 key "latexcompanion"
15072 \begin_inset space ~
15076 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15082 ] may have more information.
15083 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15086 \begin_layout Chapter
15087 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15090 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15098 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15103 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15106 \begin_layout Section
15108 \begin_inset Index idx
15111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15128 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15131 \begin_layout Description
15133 \begin_inset space ~
15136 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15137 \begin_inset Newline newline
15141 \begin_inset Note Note
15144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15145 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15153 \begin_layout Description
15154 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15155 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15157 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15158 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15159 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15162 \begin_inset Newline newline
15166 \begin_inset Note Comment
15169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15170 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15178 \begin_layout Description
15180 \begin_inset space ~
15183 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15184 \begin_inset Newline newline
15188 \begin_inset Newline newline
15192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15201 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15202 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15203 How this can be done is explained in the
15212 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15218 \begin_inset Newline newline
15222 \begin_inset Newline newline
15225 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15226 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15230 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15231 \begin_inset Graphics
15232 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15234 scaleBeforeRotation
15240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15244 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15247 \begin_layout Section
15249 \begin_inset Index idx
15252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15261 name "sec:Footnotes"
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15269 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15275 or the toolbar button
15276 \begin_inset Graphics
15277 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15290 \begin_inset Graphics
15291 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15300 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 label, the box will
15333 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15334 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15347 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15364 Here's an example footnote:
15372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15373 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15381 \begin_layout Standard
15382 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15383 position where the footnote box is placed.
15384 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15385 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15386 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15387 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15388 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15393 ey are described in the
15400 \begin_layout Section
15402 \begin_inset Index idx
15405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15414 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15422 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15423 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15427 \begin_inset space ~
15432 or the toolbar button
15433 \begin_inset Graphics
15434 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15461 appearing within your text.
15462 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15471 \begin_layout Standard
15472 At the side is an example marginal note.
15476 \begin_inset Marginal
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 This is a marginal note.
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15489 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15490 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15491 pages, right on odd pages.
15494 \begin_layout Section
15495 Graphics and Images
15496 \begin_inset Index idx
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15506 \begin_inset Index idx
15509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15518 name "sec:Graphics"
15525 \begin_layout Standard
15526 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15527 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15528 \begin_inset Graphics
15529 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15539 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15543 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15548 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15549 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15551 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15552 \begin_inset space ~
15556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15558 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15570 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15571 of the image in the output.
15572 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15576 \begin_inset space ~
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15593 \begin_inset space ~
15597 \begin_inset space ~
15602 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15603 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15614 LaTeX and LyX options
15616 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15617 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15626 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15627 with the image size is printed.
15631 \begin_inset space ~
15635 \begin_inset space ~
15639 \begin_inset space ~
15644 is explained in the
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15657 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15659 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15665 \begin_inset Graphics
15666 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15668 rotateOrigin center
15675 \begin_layout Standard
15676 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15677 the image into a float, see section
15678 \begin_inset space ~
15682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15684 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15691 \begin_layout Subsection
15693 \begin_inset Index idx
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15705 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15713 You can insert images in any known file format.
15714 But as we explained in section
15715 \begin_inset space ~
15719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15721 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15725 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15726 LyX uses therefore the program
15730 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15731 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15732 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15733 \begin_inset space ~
15737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15739 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15747 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15750 \begin_layout Description
15752 \begin_inset space ~
15755 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15756 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15757 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15761 Graphics Interchange Format
15762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15765 (GIF, file extension
15766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15778 \begin_inset Index idx
15781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15813 Portable Network Graphics
15814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15817 (PNG, file extension
15818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15830 \begin_inset Index idx
15833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15865 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15869 (JPG, file extension
15870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15894 \begin_inset Index idx
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 \begin_layout Description
15930 \begin_inset space ~
15933 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15935 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15936 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15937 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15938 \begin_inset Newline newline
15941 Scalable image formats can be
15942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15945 Scalable Vector Graphics
15946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15949 (SVG, file extension
15950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15962 \begin_inset Index idx
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15997 Encapsulated PostScript
15998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16001 (EPS, file extension
16002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16014 \begin_inset Index idx
16017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16049 Portable Document Format
16050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16053 (PDF, file extension
16054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16066 \begin_inset Index idx
16069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16076 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16077 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16078 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16092 \begin_layout Standard
16093 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16097 \begin_layout Subsection
16098 Grouping of Image Settings
16099 \begin_inset Index idx
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 Images ! Settings grouping
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16112 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16114 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16115 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16117 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16118 need to manually change each of them.
16122 \begin_layout Standard
16123 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16126 \begin_inset space ~
16131 field in the Graphics dialog.
16132 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16133 by checking the name of the desired group.
16136 \begin_layout Section
16138 \begin_inset Index idx
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16158 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16159 \begin_inset Graphics
16160 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16171 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16172 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16173 from the rest of the table.
16174 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16175 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16177 Here's an example table:
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16182 \begin_inset Tabular
16183 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16184 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 \begin_layout Subsection
16392 \begin_layout Standard
16393 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16394 brings up the table dialog.
16395 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16396 where the cursor is placed currently.
16397 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16398 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16399 done on all of your selection.
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16403 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16406 \begin_inset space ~
16411 helps you in setting table properties.
16412 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16419 \begin_inset space ~
16424 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16425 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16426 current cell respectively.
16427 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16429 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16430 of text, see section
16431 \begin_inset space ~
16435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16437 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16445 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16451 This will merge the cells to
16455 cell, spread over more than one column.
16456 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16457 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16458 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16459 in the last row without the upper border:
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16464 \begin_inset Tabular
16465 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16466 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16468 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16566 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16603 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16604 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16605 explained in the tables section of the
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16614 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16618 degrees counterclockwise.
16619 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16622 \begin_layout Standard
16623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16631 Most DVI-viewers are
16635 able to display rotations.
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16648 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16653 adds lines for all cell borders.
16656 \begin_layout Subsection
16658 \begin_inset Index idx
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 Tables ! Longtables
16668 \begin_inset Index idx
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 \begin_layout Standard
16681 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16684 \begin_inset space ~
16688 \begin_inset space ~
16697 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16698 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16701 \begin_layout Description
16706 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16707 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16708 except for the first page, if
16711 \begin_inset space ~
16719 \begin_layout Description
16723 \begin_inset space ~
16728 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16729 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16732 \begin_layout Description
16737 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16738 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16739 except for the last page, if
16742 \begin_inset space ~
16750 \begin_layout Description
16754 \begin_inset space ~
16759 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16760 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16763 \begin_layout Description
16764 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16765 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16771 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16774 \begin_inset space ~
16782 \begin_layout Standard
16783 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16784 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16785 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16786 The others will then be defined as
16791 In this context, first means first in this order:
16794 \begin_inset space ~
16806 \begin_inset space ~
16812 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16817 \begin_inset Tabular
16818 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16819 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16820 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16821 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16822 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16823 <row endfirsthead="true">
16824 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16835 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <row endfirsthead="true">
16855 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16887 <row endhead="true">
16888 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <row endhead="true">
16919 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16939 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <row endfoot="true">
16952 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16963 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17003 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <row endlastfoot="true">
18934 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 \begin_layout Subsection
18973 \begin_inset Index idx
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18985 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18992 \begin_layout Standard
18993 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18994 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18995 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18996 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19000 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19001 for the cell's paragraph.
19004 \begin_layout Standard
19005 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19006 for the column in the table dialog.
19007 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19008 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19012 \begin_layout Standard
19014 \begin_inset Tabular
19015 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19016 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19018 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 This is longer now.
19169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19220 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19221 This is longer now.
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19252 \begin_layout Standard
19253 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19254 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19260 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19266 Selection with the mouse or with
19270 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19271 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19272 the selection from outside the table.
19275 \begin_layout Section
19277 \begin_inset Index idx
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19296 \begin_layout Standard
19297 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19298 have a fixed location.
19300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19307 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19315 \begin_inset space ~
19320 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19321 too many notes on the page.
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19325 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19326 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19327 and pages without text.
19328 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19329 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19330 Floats are therefore numbered.
19331 Referencing is described in section
19332 \begin_inset space ~
19336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19338 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19345 \begin_layout Standard
19346 To insert a float, use the menu
19348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19352 A box with a caption that has e.
19353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19357 \begin_inset space \space{}
19361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19365 \begin_inset space ~
19369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19372 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19373 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19375 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19376 \begin_inset Index idx
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19386 paragraph within the float.
19387 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19388 by left-clicking on the box label.
19389 A closed float box looks like this:
19390 \begin_inset Graphics
19391 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19396 – a gray button with a red label.
19399 \begin_layout Standard
19400 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19401 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19404 \begin_layout Subsection
19408 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19410 \begin_inset Index idx
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 Floats ! Figure floats
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19422 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19429 \begin_layout Standard
19432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19433 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19436 inserts a float with the label
19437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19443 \begin_inset space ~
19449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19453 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19454 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19455 This is what we did for Figure
19456 \begin_inset space ~
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19462 reference "cap:Platypus"
19467 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19468 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19469 This was done in Figure
19470 \begin_inset space ~
19474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19476 reference "cap:Escher"
19483 \begin_layout Standard
19484 \begin_inset Float figure
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 \begin_inset Graphics
19492 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19494 rotateOrigin center
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 \begin_inset Caption
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19507 name "cap:Platypus"
19511 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19524 \begin_layout Standard
19525 \begin_inset Float figure
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19531 \begin_inset Caption
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19551 \begin_inset Graphics
19552 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19554 rotateOrigin center
19566 \begin_layout Standard
19567 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19569 As described in section
19570 \begin_inset space ~
19574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19576 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19580 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19585 and refer to it using the menu
19587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19591 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19600 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19613 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19614 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19615 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19616 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19618 \begin_inset space ~
19622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19624 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19628 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19629 You can also set the images one below the other.
19631 \begin_inset space ~
19635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19637 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19644 reference "fig:Platypus"
19648 are the subfigures.
19651 \begin_layout Standard
19652 \begin_inset Float figure
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19662 \begin_inset Float figure
19667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 \begin_inset Caption
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19673 name "fig:Undefinable"
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19686 \begin_inset Graphics
19687 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19702 \begin_inset Float figure
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 \begin_inset Caption
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19713 name "fig:Platypus"
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 \begin_inset Graphics
19727 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19739 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 \begin_inset Caption
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19751 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19755 Two distorted images.
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19769 Note that the caption is added to the
19772 \begin_inset space ~
19776 \begin_inset space ~
19781 as described in section
19782 \begin_inset space ~
19786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19788 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19797 \begin_inset Index idx
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 Floats ! Table floats
19809 \begin_layout Standard
19810 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19813 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19817 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19820 \begin_inset space ~
19824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19826 reference "cap:Table-float"
19830 is an example of a table float.
19833 \begin_layout Standard
19834 \begin_inset Float table
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 \begin_inset Caption
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19845 name "cap:Table-float"
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 \begin_inset Tabular
19860 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19861 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20015 \end{array}\right]$
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20059 \begin_inset Index idx
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20071 \begin_layout Standard
20072 This float type is inserted with the menu
20074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20075 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20079 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20080 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20084 , described in section
20085 \begin_inset space ~
20089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20091 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20099 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20113 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20116 \begin_layout Standard
20121 floatname{algorithm}{your
20122 \begin_inset space ~
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20129 to the document preamble (menu
20131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20138 \begin_inset space ~
20144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20160 \begin_inset Index idx
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20172 \begin_layout Standard
20173 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 \begin_inset Graphics
20182 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20184 rotateOrigin center
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 \begin_inset Caption
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20197 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20201 This is a wrapped figure.
20202 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20215 This float type is used if you want to
20216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20223 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20225 It can be inserted using the menu
20227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20228 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20230 \begin_inset space ~
20235 if the LaTeX-package
20240 \begin_inset Index idx
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20257 \begin_inset space ~
20267 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20270 \begin_inset space ~
20274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20276 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20280 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 Available units are explained in Appendix
20290 \begin_inset space ~
20294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20296 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20305 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20309 \begin_layout Standard
20310 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20323 \begin_inset space \space{}
20326 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20327 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20336 \begin_layout Itemize
20337 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20338 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20339 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20340 page breaks will appear.
20343 \begin_layout Itemize
20344 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20345 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20348 \begin_layout Itemize
20349 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20350 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20353 \begin_layout Itemize
20354 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20357 \begin_layout Subsection
20359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20361 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20366 \begin_inset Index idx
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20379 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20380 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20384 \begin_inset space ~
20392 \begin_layout Standard
20393 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20394 have a multi-column document).
20395 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20404 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20405 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20412 \begin_layout Standard
20413 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20414 format is also the same: Table
20415 \begin_inset space ~
20419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20421 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20425 is an example of a rotated table float.
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20429 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 \begin_inset Float table
20451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20452 \begin_inset Caption
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20457 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 \begin_inset Tabular
20472 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20473 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 \begin_layout Subsection
20540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20542 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20547 \begin_inset Index idx
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20560 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20561 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20562 \begin_inset Newline newline
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20573 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20574 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20575 \begin_inset Newline newline
20581 \begin_inset space ~
20586 is used to rotate floats, see section
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20593 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20602 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20617 \begin_layout Description
20619 \begin_inset space ~
20623 \begin_inset space ~
20626 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20629 \begin_layout Description
20631 \begin_inset space ~
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20638 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20641 \begin_layout Description
20643 \begin_inset space ~
20647 \begin_inset space ~
20650 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20653 \begin_layout Description
20655 \begin_inset space ~
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20662 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20665 \begin_layout Standard
20666 The order of the above option is
20671 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20675 \begin_inset space ~
20679 \begin_inset space ~
20687 \begin_inset space ~
20691 \begin_inset space ~
20696 , and then the others.
20697 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20699 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20700 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 By default, each option has its own rules:
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20711 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset space ~
20720 only floats occupying less than 70
20721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20724 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20731 \begin_inset space ~
20735 \begin_inset space ~
20740 : only floats occupying less than 30
20741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20744 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20747 \begin_layout Standard
20751 \begin_inset space ~
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20760 : only if more than 50
20761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20764 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20768 \begin_layout Standard
20769 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20773 \begin_inset space ~
20777 \begin_inset space ~
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20786 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20787 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20788 For this case you can use the option
20791 \begin_inset space ~
20797 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20799 Because the float is then no longer able to
20800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20807 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20810 \begin_layout Standard
20811 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20812 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20815 \begin_layout Standard
20816 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20820 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20827 \begin_layout Section
20829 \begin_inset Index idx
20832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20841 name "sec:Minipages"
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20849 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20851 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20852 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20860 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20866 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20867 and its alignment within the page.
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20872 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20881 height_special "totalheight"
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 This is a minipage.
20888 The text is set in an italic style.
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20895 another formatting.
20903 \begin_layout Standard
20904 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20907 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20911 as described in section
20912 \begin_inset space ~
20916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20918 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20923 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20930 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20939 height_special "totalheight"
20942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20943 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20944 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20954 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20963 height_special "totalheight"
20966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20968 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20977 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20985 to other box types.
20986 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20997 \begin_layout Chapter
20998 Mathematical Formulas
20999 \begin_inset Index idx
21002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21009 \begin_inset Index idx
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21043 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21050 \begin_layout Standard
21051 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21056 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21059 \begin_layout Section
21061 \begin_inset Index idx
21064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21075 \begin_inset Graphics
21076 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21081 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21083 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21084 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21085 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21093 \begin_layout Standard
21094 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21098 \begin_inset space ~
21103 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21106 \begin_layout Standard
21107 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21108 line, like this one:
21111 \begin_layout Standard
21112 This is a line with an inline formula
21113 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21119 \begin_layout Standard
21120 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21121 paragraph, like this one:
21122 \begin_inset Formula \[
21127 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21130 \begin_layout Standard
21131 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21137 \begin_inset space \space{}
21141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21154 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21155 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21159 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21162 \begin_inset space ~
21170 \begin_layout Subsection
21171 Navigating in Formulas
21172 \begin_inset Index idx
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21186 achieved with the arrow keys.
21187 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21188 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21193 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21194 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21198 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21202 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21205 \end{array}\right]$
21213 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21218 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21219 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21227 , printed in this document as
21228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21249 \begin_inset Note Note
21252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21253 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21254 space character (visible space).
21259 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21260 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21261 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21266 For example, if you want
21267 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21321 , since in the latter case only the
21324 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21329 will be under the square root sign:
21330 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21339 \begin_inset Formula \[
21340 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21344 \end{array}\right)\]
21348 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21349 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21352 \begin_layout Subsection
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21358 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21362 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21363 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21364 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21365 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21366 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21369 \begin_layout Subsection
21370 Exponents and Subscripts
21371 \begin_inset Index idx
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_inset Index idx
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21394 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21395 way is to use a command.
21397 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21400 , type in a formula
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21428 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21432 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21462 , you have to use an extra
21466 to separate the hat and the character.
21468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21472 \begin_inset space \space{}
21476 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 Subscripts are similar: To get
21498 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21521 \begin_layout Subsection
21523 \begin_inset Index idx
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21536 Create a fraction with either the command
21543 \begin_inset Graphics
21544 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21552 \begin_inset space ~
21558 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21559 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21560 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21565 To move back up, press
21570 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21571 \begin_inset Formula \[
21572 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21575 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21582 \begin_layout Subsection
21584 \begin_inset Index idx
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21597 Roots can be created using the
21600 \begin_inset space ~
21606 \begin_inset Graphics
21607 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21630 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21636 produces always a square root.
21639 \begin_layout Subsection
21640 Operators with Limits
21641 \begin_inset Index idx
21644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 \begin_inset Index idx
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21663 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21672 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21676 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21679 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21680 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21681 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21682 The sum operator will automatically place its
21683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21690 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21693 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21697 \begin_inset Formula \[
21698 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21702 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21709 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21710 behind the operator and hitting
21718 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21719 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21721 \begin_inset space ~
21725 \begin_inset space ~
21733 \begin_layout Standard
21734 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21742 feature as addition, such as
21743 \begin_inset Index idx
21746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21753 \begin_inset Formula \[
21754 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21758 which will place the
21759 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21771 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21772 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21786 Have a look at section
21787 \begin_inset space ~
21791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21793 reference "sub:Functions"
21797 for an explanation of function macros.
21800 \begin_layout Subsection
21802 \begin_inset Index idx
21805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21814 \begin_layout Standard
21815 Most math symbols can be found in the
21818 \begin_inset space ~
21823 under one of several categories; including
21840 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21846 you don't have to use the
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21854 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21855 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21858 \begin_layout Subsection
21860 \begin_inset Index idx
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21872 \begin_layout Standard
21873 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21878 arg "space-insert protected"
21884 \begin_inset space ~
21890 \begin_inset Graphics
21891 filename ../images/math/space.png
21896 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21897 For example, the sequence
21902 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21906 \begin_inset Graphics
21907 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21912 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21913 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21914 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21915 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21917 Here are two examples:
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21930 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21936 \begin_layout Standard
21946 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21952 \begin_layout Subsection
21954 \begin_inset Index idx
21957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21966 name "sub:Functions"
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21977 \begin_inset space ~
21982 contains under the button
21983 \begin_inset Graphics
21984 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21988 a number of function macros, such as
21989 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21993 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22001 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22008 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22009 avoid confusions, because
22010 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22014 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22020 \begin_layout Standard
22021 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22023 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22027 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22033 \begin_layout Standard
22034 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22035 s are placed, as described in section
22036 \begin_inset space ~
22040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22042 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22049 \begin_layout Subsection
22051 \begin_inset Index idx
22054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22064 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22066 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22067 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22068 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22072 \begin_inset space \space{}
22076 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22079 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22080 Our example is entered by typing
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_inset space ~
22105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22107 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22111 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22114 \begin_layout Standard
22115 \begin_inset Float table
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 \begin_inset Caption
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22126 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22130 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 \begin_inset Tabular
22141 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22142 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22661 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22706 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22727 \begin_layout Standard
22728 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22731 \begin_inset space ~
22737 \begin_inset Graphics
22738 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22742 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22746 \begin_layout Section
22747 Brackets and Delimiters
22748 \begin_inset Index idx
22751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22758 \begin_inset Index idx
22761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22770 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22779 For most purposes, using just the keys
22784 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22785 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22786 toolbar delimiter icon
22787 \begin_inset Graphics
22788 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22793 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22795 \begin_inset Formula \[
22796 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22799 \end{array}\right]\]
22803 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22804 \begin_inset Formula \[
22805 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22814 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22817 \begin_layout Standard
22818 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22819 left side and right side.
22820 If you use the option
22823 \begin_inset space ~
22828 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22829 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22830 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22831 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22835 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22836 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22837 inside the brackets.
22838 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22843 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22846 \begin_layout Section
22847 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22848 \begin_inset Index idx
22851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22858 \begin_inset Index idx
22861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22868 \begin_inset Index idx
22871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22872 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22880 \begin_layout Standard
22881 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22884 \begin_inset space ~
22890 \begin_inset Graphics
22891 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22896 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22897 Here is an example:
22898 \begin_inset Formula \[
22899 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22903 \end{array}\right)\]
22907 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22908 \begin_inset space ~
22912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22914 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22919 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22920 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22921 This alignment is set in the box
22926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22974 for every column as default.
22975 For example, the sequence
22976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22987 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22988 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22989 corresponds to the relevant column.
22990 The result will look like this:
22991 \begin_inset Formula \[
22993 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22994 column & has & has\, right\\
22995 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23004 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23007 arg "newline-insert newline"
23010 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23011 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23016 or the math toolbar.
23019 \begin_layout Standard
23020 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23021 It can be created with the menu
23023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23024 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23026 \begin_inset space ~
23038 Here is an example:
23039 \begin_inset Formula \[
23051 \begin_layout Standard
23052 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23055 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23058 arg "newline-insert newline"
23062 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23067 arg "newline-insert newline"
23070 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23078 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23079 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23080 A new row is created by every further hit of
23083 arg "newline-insert newline"
23087 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23088 Here is an example:
23089 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23090 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23091 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23096 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23097 where you want to start the shift and hit
23102 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23103 position to the next column.
23104 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23105 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23106 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23107 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23114 \begin_layout Standard
23115 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23122 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23123 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23126 reference "eq:asquared"
23131 The other types are described in section
23132 \begin_inset space ~
23136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23138 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23145 \begin_layout Section
23146 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23147 \begin_inset Index idx
23150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23151 Math ! Formula numbering
23157 \begin_inset Index idx
23160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23161 Math ! Referencing formulas
23167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23169 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23177 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23179 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23180 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23182 \begin_inset space ~
23190 arg "math-number-toggle"
23194 The formula number appears in LyX as
23195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23202 within parentheses.
23204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23211 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23213 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23214 the document class.
23215 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23216 separated by a dot:
23217 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23218 1+1=2\end{equation}
23225 arg "math-number-toggle"
23228 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23229 You can only number displayed formulas.
23232 \begin_layout Standard
23233 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23236 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23238 \begin_inset space ~
23242 \begin_inset space ~
23246 \begin_inset space ~
23254 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23257 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23258 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23260 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23266 To number all lines use the shortcut
23269 arg "math-number-toggle"
23275 \begin_layout Standard
23276 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23279 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23280 A label is inserted with the menu
23282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23285 when the cursor is in the formula.
23286 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23287 It is recommended to use the proposed
23288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23299 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23300 type when you have many labels in your document.
23301 We inserted in the following example the label
23302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23309 in the second line:
23310 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23311 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23312 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23317 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23318 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23328 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23332 \begin_inset space ~
23338 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23339 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23340 as the formula number:
23343 \begin_layout Standard
23344 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23347 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23354 \begin_layout Standard
23355 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23356 \begin_inset space ~
23360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23362 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23367 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23373 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23378 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23386 \begin_layout Section
23387 User defined math macros
23388 \begin_inset Index idx
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 \begin_layout Standard
23401 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23402 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23403 Math macros are explained in section
23406 \begin_inset space ~
23418 \begin_layout Section
23422 \begin_layout Subsection
23424 \begin_inset Index idx
23427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23438 To set a font in a formula, use the
23441 \begin_inset space ~
23447 \begin_inset Graphics
23448 filename ../images/math/font.png
23452 , or enter its command, listed in table
23453 \begin_inset space ~
23457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23459 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23466 \begin_layout Standard
23467 \begin_inset Float table
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 \begin_inset Caption
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23478 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23482 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 \begin_inset Tabular
23493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23494 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23582 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23703 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23730 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23789 \begin_layout Standard
23790 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23791 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23796 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23797 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23798 Here an example where
23799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23810 denotes the set of numbers:
23811 \begin_inset Formula \[
23812 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23819 \begin_layout Standard
23820 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23826 \begin_inset space \space{}
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23842 \begin_inset Newline newline
23845 So it is better not to use this feature.
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23849 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23850 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23854 \begin_inset Newline newline
23857 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23863 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23864 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23870 \begin_layout Standard
23877 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23883 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23884 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23886 \begin_inset space ~
23894 \begin_layout Subsection
23896 \begin_inset Index idx
23899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23909 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23911 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23915 \begin_inset space ~
23919 \begin_inset space ~
23927 \begin_inset space ~
23933 \begin_inset Graphics
23934 filename ../images/math/font.png
23945 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23946 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23947 Here is an example:
23948 \begin_inset Formula \[
23950 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23951 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23959 \begin_layout Subsection
23961 \begin_inset Index idx
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23973 \begin_layout Standard
23974 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23975 automatically chosen in most situations.
23993 For most characters,
24001 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24002 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24007 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24008 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24010 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24011 \begin_inset Graphics
24012 filename ../images/math/style.png
24017 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24018 For example, you can set
24019 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24022 , which is normally in
24031 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24035 The four styles are used in the following example:
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24039 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24043 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24047 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24051 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24058 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24059 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24061 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24063 \begin_inset space ~
24068 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24069 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24070 will be adjusted to correspond.
24071 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24082 \begin_layout Standard
24086 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24092 \begin_layout Section
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24098 the document classes and into layout modules.
24099 \begin_inset Index idx
24102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24108 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24109 other than the AMS classes.
24111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24113 reference "sub:Modules"
24117 for more on layout modules.
24120 \begin_layout Section
24122 \begin_inset Index idx
24125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24132 \begin_inset Index idx
24135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24146 (AMS) that are in common use.
24149 \begin_layout Subsection
24150 Enabling AMS-Support
24153 \begin_layout Standard
24154 Selecting the checkbox
24157 \begin_inset space ~
24161 \begin_inset space ~
24165 \begin_inset space ~
24172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24176 \begin_inset Index idx
24179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24180 Document ! Settings
24188 \begin_inset space ~
24193 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24195 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24196 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24199 \begin_layout Subsection
24201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24203 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24208 \begin_inset Index idx
24211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24212 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24220 \begin_layout Standard
24221 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24222 LyX allows you to choose between
24243 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24246 \begin_layout Chapter
24250 \begin_layout Section
24252 \begin_inset Index idx
24255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24264 name "sec:Cross-References"
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24273 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24275 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24276 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24277 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24280 \begin_layout Enumerate
24284 \begin_layout Enumerate
24285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24287 name "enu:Second-item"
24294 \begin_layout Enumerate
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24304 or by pressing the toolbar button
24305 \begin_inset Graphics
24306 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24312 A grey label box like this:
24313 \begin_inset Graphics
24314 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24319 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24320 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24355 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24360 \begin_inset space \space{}
24363 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24378 \begin_layout Standard
24379 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24384 or the toolbar button
24385 \begin_inset Graphics
24386 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24392 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24393 \begin_inset Graphics
24394 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24399 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24401 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24414 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24424 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24429 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24430 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24432 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24438 \begin_layout Standard
24439 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24440 \begin_inset space ~
24444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24446 reference "enu:Second-item"
24453 \begin_layout Standard
24454 It is recommended to use a protected space
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24459 described in section
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24466 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24475 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24480 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24483 \begin_layout Description
24484 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24487 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24494 \begin_layout Description
24495 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24496 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24508 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24515 \begin_layout Description
24516 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24522 LatexCommand pageref
24523 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24530 \begin_layout Description
24532 \begin_inset space ~
24536 \begin_inset space ~
24539 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24541 LatexCommand vpageref
24542 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24549 \begin_layout Description
24551 \begin_inset space ~
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24559 \begin_inset space ~
24562 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24566 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24573 \begin_layout Description
24575 \begin_inset space ~
24578 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24579 \begin_inset Newline newline
24583 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24591 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24596 \begin_inset Index idx
24599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24600 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24613 \begin_layout Standard
24614 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24615 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24621 \begin_inset space \space{}
24625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24640 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24641 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24642 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24646 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24651 You can only use the style
24655 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24659 is always possible.
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24664 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24665 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24666 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24667 \begin_inset space ~
24671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24673 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24684 \begin_inset space ~
24688 \begin_inset space ~
24693 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24695 The button text changes then to
24698 \begin_inset space ~
24703 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24704 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24705 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24706 \begin_inset Graphics
24707 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24708 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24709 rotateOrigin center
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24718 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24719 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24724 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24727 \begin_layout Standard
24728 References are described in detail in the
24735 \begin_layout Section
24736 Table of Contents and other Listings
24737 \begin_inset Index idx
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24747 \begin_inset Index idx
24750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24766 \begin_layout Subsection
24768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24770 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24781 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24783 \begin_inset space ~
24787 \begin_inset space ~
24793 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24794 If you click on it, the
24798 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24799 sections in your documents.
24800 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24805 that is described in sec.
24806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24812 reference "sec:Navigating"
24819 \begin_layout Standard
24820 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24821 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24823 \begin_inset space ~
24827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24829 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24833 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24835 \begin_inset space ~
24839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24841 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24845 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24847 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24850 \begin_layout Subsection
24851 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24854 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24862 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24863 You can insert them via the
24865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24877 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24880 \begin_layout Section
24881 URLs and Hyperlinks
24882 \begin_inset Index idx
24885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24892 \begin_inset Index idx
24895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24904 \begin_layout Subsection
24906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24916 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24924 \begin_layout Standard
24925 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24926 \begin_inset Flex URL
24929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24940 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24946 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24959 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24967 \begin_layout Subsection
24969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24971 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24984 or with the toolbar button
24985 \begin_inset Graphics
24986 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24992 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25001 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25002 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25005 name "LyX's homepage"
25006 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25010 , an Email address like this:
25011 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25013 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25014 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25019 , or a link to a file.
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25036 to the link target.
25039 \begin_layout Standard
25040 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25041 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25042 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25043 the text style dialog.
25044 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25048 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25050 name "LyX's homepage"
25051 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25059 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25063 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25066 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25070 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25072 \begin_inset Newline newline
25080 \begin_inset Newline newline
25087 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25090 \begin_layout Section
25092 \begin_inset Index idx
25095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25104 name "sec:Appendices"
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25112 Appendices are created with the menu
25114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25116 \begin_inset space ~
25120 \begin_inset space ~
25126 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25127 as the appendix region.
25128 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25132 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25133 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25134 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25135 and the subsection number.
25136 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25142 \begin_inset space ~
25146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25148 reference "cha:Credits"
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25159 reference "sub:Export"
25166 \begin_layout Section
25168 \begin_inset Index idx
25171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25180 name "sec:Bibliography"
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25188 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25189 You can include a bibliography database,
25193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25194 Known under the name
25195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25207 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25208 manually, using the paragraph environment
25212 , which was described in section
25213 \begin_inset space ~
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25219 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25224 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25225 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25229 use a bibliography database.
25232 \begin_layout Subsection
25233 The Bibliography Environment
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25241 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25243 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25252 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25254 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25263 , a short form of its title, as key.
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25272 or the toolbar button
25273 \begin_inset Graphics
25274 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25280 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25281 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25282 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25283 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25287 \begin_layout Standard
25288 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25289 entry with surrounding brackets.
25294 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25295 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25310 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25315 key "latexcompanion"
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25333 \begin_layout Subsection
25334 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25335 \begin_inset Index idx
25338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25339 Bibliography ! Databases
25345 \begin_inset Index idx
25348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25349 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25357 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25364 \begin_layout Standard
25365 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25371 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25373 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25374 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25379 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25381 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25382 your working field in a database.
25383 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25384 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25386 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25390 \begin_layout Standard
25391 The database is a text file with the file extension
25392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25403 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25404 The format is explained in
25405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25411 and in LaTeX books (
25412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25414 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25419 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25420 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25421 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25422 \begin_inset Flex URL
25425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25427 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 To use a database, use the menu
25438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25443 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25456 \begin_inset space ~
25462 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25463 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25466 Add bibliography to TOC
25468 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25473 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25476 \begin_layout Standard
25477 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25489 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25490 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25491 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25493 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25499 For information how this is done, have a look at
25500 \begin_inset Newline newline
25504 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25506 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25524 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25527 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25555 \begin_inset space ~
25561 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25577 When you select the option
25579 Sectioned bibliography
25583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25586 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25587 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25589 Customizing Bibliographies
25597 Additional Features
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25604 the two methods of creating them.
25605 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25606 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25607 We used the style file
25611 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25614 \begin_layout Subsection
25615 Bibliography layout
25616 \begin_inset Index idx
25619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25620 Bibliography ! Layout
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25630 For this feature you need to enable the option
25636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25640 \begin_inset Index idx
25643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25644 Document ! Settings
25654 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25655 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25656 in the previous section.
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25661 in the citation reference window.
25662 Here an example where we set the text
25663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25674 to appear after the reference:
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25679 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25682 key "latexcompanion"
25689 \begin_layout Section
25691 \begin_inset Index idx
25694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25711 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25715 \begin_inset space ~
25720 or the toolbar button
25721 \begin_inset Graphics
25722 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25740 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25741 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25742 by LyX as the index entry.
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25746 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25747 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25751 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25759 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25763 \begin_inset space ~
25767 \begin_inset space ~
25770 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25772 \begin_inset space ~
25778 A light blue box labeled
25779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25790 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25791 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25794 \begin_layout Subsection
25795 Grouping Index Entries
25796 \begin_inset Index idx
25799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25809 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25811 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25812 lists under the entry
25813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25821 First we create the entry
25822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25830 \begin_inset space ~
25834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25836 reference "sub:Lists"
25841 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25842 \begin_inset space ~
25846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25848 reference "sec:Itemize"
25852 , we insert the command
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25865 \begin_layout Standard
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 for the enumerated list in section
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25879 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25887 The exclamation mark
25888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25895 marks the grouping levels.
25896 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25897 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25898 If we don't have an index entry for
25899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25906 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25909 \begin_layout Subsection
25911 \begin_inset Index idx
25914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25915 Index ! Page ranges
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25926 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25927 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25929 \begin_inset space ~
25933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25935 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25945 Paragraph environments|(
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25949 and another entry at the end of section
25950 \begin_inset space ~
25954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25956 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25966 Paragraph environments|)
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25994 respectively start and end the index range.
25995 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25996 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25997 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25998 An example is the index entry
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26002 Document ! Settings
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26009 \begin_layout Subsection
26011 \begin_inset Index idx
26014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26015 Index ! Cross referencing
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26024 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26025 We referred for example in the index entry
26026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26040 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26044 ) to the index entry
26045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26052 in the same section using the entry
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26058 GIF|see{Image formats}
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26063 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26064 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26067 \begin_layout Subsection
26069 \begin_inset Index idx
26072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26073 Index ! Entry order
26081 \begin_layout Standard
26082 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26083 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26084 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26089 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26091 \begin_inset space ~
26095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26097 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26106 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26107 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 \begin_inset Index idx
26135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26136 Dummy entries ! maïs
26142 \begin_inset Index idx
26145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 Dummy entries ! maître
26152 \begin_inset Index idx
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26156 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26161 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26162 order maïs, maison, maître.
26163 To achieve this, we use the command
26166 \begin_layout Standard
26169 previous entry@current entry
26172 \begin_layout Standard
26173 In our case we want to have
26174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26189 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26199 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26200 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26205 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26217 to generate the index (see sec.
26218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26224 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26233 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26241 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26245 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26246 index commands start with
26247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26259 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26264 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26291 \begin_layout Subsection
26293 \begin_inset Index idx
26296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26297 Index ! Entry layout
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26306 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26307 \begin_inset Index idx
26310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26313 This is an italic dummy entry
26318 You can also format the page number using the character
26319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26326 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26327 We can write for example
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26333 italic page number:|textit
26336 \begin_layout Standard
26337 to get the page number in italic.
26338 \begin_inset Index idx
26341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26342 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26347 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26365 \begin_inset space ~
26371 Have a look at section
26372 \begin_inset space ~
26376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26378 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26382 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26386 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26394 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26398 to generate the index, see sec.
26399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26405 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26414 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26415 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26420 key "latexcompanion"
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26433 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26435 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26436 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26437 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26438 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26439 If so, put the following in the preamble
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26465 in the index entry.
26466 \begin_inset Index idx
26469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26470 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26475 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26476 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26477 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26481 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26487 \begin_inset space \space{}
26490 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26491 for all index entries.
26492 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26504 documentation for details,
26505 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26507 key "makeindex,xindy"
26514 \begin_layout Subsection
26516 \begin_inset Index idx
26519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26528 name "sub:Index-Program"
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26536 If the index entry program
26540 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26544 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26553 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26554 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26555 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26556 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26557 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26567 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26568 dialog, see section
26569 \begin_inset space ~
26573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26575 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26580 The available options are listed and explained in
26581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26583 key "makeindex,xindy"
26588 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26592 \begin_layout Standard
26593 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26594 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26598 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26599 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26603 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26604 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26607 \begin_layout Subsection
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26612 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26613 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26621 next to the standard index.
26622 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26623 packages that add this feature.
26629 \begin_inset Index idx
26632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26633 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26638 package to generate multiple indexes.
26639 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26640 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26648 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26649 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26650 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26653 \begin_layout Standard
26654 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26656 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26657 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26658 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26665 Use multiple Indexes
26666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26670 Note that the list of
26671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26678 below already contains the standard index.
26679 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26680 also appear as a heading) to the
26681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26688 input field and press the
26689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26697 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26698 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26699 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26703 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26709 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26710 indexes in the LyX work area.
26713 \begin_layout Standard
26714 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26717 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26719 \begin_inset space ~
26723 \begin_inset space ~
26732 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26733 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26734 are some additional features:
26737 \begin_layout Itemize
26738 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26739 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26742 \begin_layout Itemize
26743 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26744 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26753 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26758 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26759 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26760 to the non-subindexes.
26763 \begin_layout Section
26764 Nomenclature / Glossary
26765 \begin_inset Index idx
26768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26775 \begin_inset Index idx
26778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26809 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26816 \begin_layout Standard
26817 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26818 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26823 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26828 \begin_inset Index idx
26831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26832 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26838 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26845 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26850 and then use the menu
26852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26858 \begin_inset space ~
26863 or the toolbar button
26864 \begin_inset Graphics
26865 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26883 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26887 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26888 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26889 The second is the description of the symbol.
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26901 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26909 \begin_layout Subsection
26910 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26911 \begin_inset Index idx
26914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26915 Nomenclature ! Layout
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26924 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26928 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26934 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26942 \begin_inset Newline newline
26950 \begin_inset Newline newline
26956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26963 character starts/ends the formula.
26964 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26976 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26986 \begin_layout Standard
26987 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26988 \begin_inset space ~
26992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26994 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27005 \begin_inset space ~
27010 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27011 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27016 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27023 in this document is:
27024 \begin_inset Newline newline
27029 dummy entry for the character
27034 \begin_inset Newline newline
27046 \begin_inset space ~
27056 font use the command
27085 \begin_layout Subsection
27086 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27087 \begin_inset Index idx
27090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27091 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27099 \begin_layout Standard
27100 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27101 the symbol definition.
27102 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27103 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27107 LatexCommand nomenclature
27109 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27116 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27120 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27121 LatexCommand nomenclature
27124 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27129 They will be sorted by
27130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27156 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27159 will be sorted before the
27163 since the character
27164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27171 is considered in sorting.
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27175 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27178 \begin_inset space ~
27183 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27184 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27186 For the example given, you can insert
27190 in this field for the
27191 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27198 will be located before
27199 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27211 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27220 \begin_layout Subsection
27221 Nomenclature Options
27222 \begin_inset Index idx
27225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27226 Nomenclature ! Options
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27239 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27240 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27243 \begin_layout Description
27244 refeq Appends the phrase
27245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27260 to every nomenclature entry, where
27266 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27269 \begin_layout Description
27270 refpage Appends the phrase
27271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27286 to every nomenclature entry, where
27292 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27295 \begin_layout Description
27296 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 There are furthermore the options
27344 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27349 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27350 class options list in the
27352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27356 In this document the option
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27364 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27371 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27372 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27377 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27380 \begin_layout Description
27390 \begin_layout Description
27393 nomrefpage Like the
27400 \begin_layout Description
27403 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27412 \begin_layout Description
27416 \begin_inset space ~
27422 \begin_inset space ~
27427 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27430 \begin_layout Subsection
27431 Printing the Nomenclature
27432 \begin_inset Index idx
27435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27436 Nomenclature ! Printing
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27449 \begin_inset space ~
27453 \begin_inset space ~
27456 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27460 A light blue box labeled
27461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27472 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27473 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27486 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27494 For example, in order to change the name to
27498 , add the following line to the preamble:
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27509 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27513 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27520 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27521 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27532 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27538 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27539 \begin_inset space ~
27543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27545 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27550 The default value is 1
27551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27557 \begin_layout Subsection
27558 Nomenclature Program
27559 \begin_inset Index idx
27562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27563 Nomenclature ! Program
27569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27571 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 LyX uses the program
27583 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27584 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27589 by adding options, see section
27590 \begin_inset space ~
27594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27596 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27601 The available options are listed and explained in
27602 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27604 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27611 \begin_layout Section
27613 \begin_inset Index idx
27616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27623 \begin_inset Index idx
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27627 Document ! Branches
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27635 name "sec:Branches"
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27644 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27645 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27646 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27651 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27652 To create a branch, go in the
27654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27662 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27663 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27668 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27673 where you can choose a branch.
27674 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27679 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27683 \begin_inset Branch Question
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27687 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27716 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27717 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27719 For example you can define for the question branch
27723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27724 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27725 \begin_inset space ~
27729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27731 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27743 \begin_layout Standard
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 and for the answer branch
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27788 \begin_inset Branch Question
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27860 Now it is possible to use the commands
27864 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27871 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27874 to obtain conditional output.
27875 Here is an example formula where only the
27882 \begin_inset Formula \[
27883 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27891 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27899 \begin_layout Section
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27903 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27908 \begin_inset Index idx
27911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27920 \begin_layout Standard
27925 dialog allows you in the
27929 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27930 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27935 \begin_inset Index idx
27938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27939 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27952 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27953 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27954 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27956 You can specify in the dialog tab
27960 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27962 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27963 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27972 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27973 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27974 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27976 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27977 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27979 \begin_inset space ~
27982 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27983 \begin_inset space ~
27986 1 will only display the sections.
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 The header information in the dialog tab
27994 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27995 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28000 \begin_inset space \space{}
28003 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28004 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28007 Automatic fill header
28009 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28010 title and author settings.
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28016 Load in fullscreen mode
28018 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28022 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28023 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28029 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28030 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28039 \begin_layout Section
28040 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28043 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28050 \begin_layout Subsection
28052 \begin_inset Index idx
28055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28064 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28072 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28073 constructs, but not all.
28074 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28075 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28076 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28077 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28078 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28083 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28085 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28089 \begin_inset space ~
28094 or by the toolbar button
28095 \begin_inset Graphics
28096 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28101 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28107 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28108 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28115 , you can write the command part
28121 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28125 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28126 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28127 the following example:
28130 \begin_layout Standard
28131 \begin_inset Graphics
28132 filename clipart/ERT.png
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28145 This is a line with a
28149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28181 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28182 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28190 \begin_layout Subsection
28191 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28192 \begin_inset OptArg
28195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28202 \begin_inset Index idx
28205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28214 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28222 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28223 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28224 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28233 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28234 any time if you know the right commands.
28236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28240 \begin_inset space \space{}
28243 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28245 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28246 all caption labels bold.
28247 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28249 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28255 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28256 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28258 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28267 \begin_layout Standard
28268 As result you know that the package
28273 \begin_inset Index idx
28276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28277 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28283 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28285 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28296 usepackage[options]{package name}
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28301 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28302 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 In your case the package name is
28311 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28316 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28317 So you add the command
28320 \begin_layout Standard
28325 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28329 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28334 For more commands provided by the
28338 package, have a look at its documentation,
28339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28354 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28356 For example if you use a
28360 class, you don't need the package
28364 , you can instead write
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28372 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28378 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28379 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28380 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28387 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28392 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28394 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28395 the previous section.
28398 \begin_layout Standard
28399 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28401 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28403 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28411 \begin_layout Section
28412 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28415 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28420 \begin_inset Index idx
28423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28430 \begin_inset Index idx
28433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28443 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28444 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28445 to break your train of thought with
28447 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28455 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28460 \begin_inset Index idx
28463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28464 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28469 as explained below, and turn on
28472 \begin_inset space ~
28479 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28483 \begin_inset space ~
28487 \begin_inset space ~
28490 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28495 \begin_inset space ~
28500 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28503 \begin_layout Standard
28504 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28506 Previews of an already loaded document are
28510 generated just by selecting the
28513 \begin_inset space ~
28518 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28523 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28531 check box in the insert dialog.
28532 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28537 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28541 (on some systems named simply
28546 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28554 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28555 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28563 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28567 \begin_layout Standard
28568 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28575 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28579 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28581 \begin_inset space ~
28586 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28587 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28589 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28590 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28591 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28592 the source view window.
28595 \begin_layout Section
28597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28599 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28604 \begin_inset Index idx
28607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28617 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28618 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28635 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28641 can be seen as the successor to
28649 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28655 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28656 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28666 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28673 \begin_layout Standard
28676 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28679 or the toolbar button
28680 \begin_inset Graphics
28681 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28682 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28686 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28687 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28688 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28689 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28690 scrolled so that it is visible.
28695 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28697 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28701 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28702 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28706 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28709 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28713 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28714 will bring an error message.
28715 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28716 specifying a different
28718 Alternative language
28720 in preferences dialog.
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28724 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28727 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28733 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28735 But you can use the
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28742 \begin_inset space ~
28750 \begin_layout Standard
28751 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28752 This does work with
28756 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28759 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28763 \begin_layout Standard
28768 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28771 \begin_layout Description
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28776 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28777 should consider, e.
28778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28782 \begin_inset space \space{}
28785 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28786 This should not normally be needed.
28789 \begin_layout Description
28791 \begin_inset space ~
28794 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28795 the spell checker's default choice
28798 \begin_layout Description
28800 \begin_inset space ~
28804 \begin_inset space ~
28807 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28819 \begin_layout Description
28821 \begin_inset space ~
28825 \begin_inset space ~
28828 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28837 also for the spellchecker.
28841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28842 The encodings are explained in section
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28849 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28858 Only enable this if you use
28862 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28863 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28864 so this is disabled by default.
28867 \begin_layout Section
28869 \begin_inset Index idx
28872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28881 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28890 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28900 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28902 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28911 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28912 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28913 are available for many languages.
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28921 \begin_layout Subsection
28922 Setting up the thesaurus
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28930 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28935 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28940 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28946 en_EN for English).
28947 For instance, the English files are named:
28950 \begin_layout Itemize
28954 \begin_layout Itemize
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28960 already on your system.
28961 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28962 \begin_inset Flex URL
28965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28967 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28973 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28978 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28980 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28981 unpack a zip archive.
28984 \begin_layout Standard
28993 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28994 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28996 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28997 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29001 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29004 \begin_layout Subsection
29005 Using the thesaurus
29008 \begin_layout Standard
29009 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29011 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 or the toolbar button
29015 \begin_inset Graphics
29016 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29018 rotateOrigin center
29022 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29024 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29026 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29027 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29028 and hyponyms (such as
29036 ), compounds (such as
29040 ) and antonyms (such as
29048 ), which are marked as such.
29051 \begin_layout Standard
29052 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29053 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29058 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29059 the dictionary, such as the above
29063 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29068 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29069 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29070 For example looking up the word forms
29078 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29083 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29096 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29097 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29098 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29101 \begin_layout Subsection
29102 License of the Thesaurus library
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29110 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29115 as a standalone program.
29116 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29117 The library was released under the
29119 Berkeley Database License
29121 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29122 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29123 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29125 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29128 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29132 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29135 \begin_layout Section
29137 \begin_inset Index idx
29140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 \begin_inset Index idx
29150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29151 Document ! Change Tracking
29157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29159 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29168 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29169 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29170 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29174 \begin_inset space ~
29177 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29179 \begin_inset space ~
29187 \begin_layout Standard
29188 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29202 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29203 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29206 \begin_inset space ~
29210 \begin_inset space ~
29220 \begin_inset Index idx
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29224 Color ! Change tracking
29229 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29230 the cursor is in changed text.
29231 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29232 \begin_inset Graphics
29233 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29235 rotateOrigin center
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29244 \begin_inset Index idx
29247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29257 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29264 \begin_inset Graphics
29265 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29284 \begin_layout Standard
29285 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29292 \begin_inset Tabular
29293 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29294 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29295 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29296 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29302 \begin_inset Graphics
29303 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29305 rotateOrigin center
29314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29322 \begin_inset space ~
29325 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29327 \begin_inset space ~
29336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29341 \begin_inset Graphics
29342 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29344 rotateOrigin center
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29361 \begin_inset space ~
29364 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29366 \begin_inset space ~
29370 \begin_inset space ~
29374 \begin_inset space ~
29383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29388 \begin_inset Graphics
29389 filename ../images/change-next.png
29390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29391 rotateOrigin center
29400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29404 Jumps to the next change
29410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 \begin_inset Graphics
29416 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29417 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29418 rotateOrigin center
29427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29433 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29435 \begin_inset space ~
29438 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29440 \begin_inset space ~
29449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29454 \begin_inset Graphics
29455 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29457 rotateOrigin center
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 \begin_inset space ~
29477 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29479 \begin_inset space ~
29488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 \begin_inset Graphics
29494 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29496 rotateOrigin center
29505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29513 \begin_inset space ~
29516 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29518 \begin_inset space ~
29527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 \begin_inset Graphics
29533 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29535 rotateOrigin center
29544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29552 \begin_inset space ~
29555 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29557 \begin_inset space ~
29561 \begin_inset space ~
29570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 \begin_inset Graphics
29576 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29578 rotateOrigin center
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29595 \begin_inset space ~
29598 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29600 \begin_inset space ~
29604 \begin_inset space ~
29613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 \begin_inset Graphics
29619 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29621 rotateOrigin center
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29637 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29639 \begin_inset space ~
29648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 \begin_inset Graphics
29654 filename ../images/note-next.png
29655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29656 rotateOrigin center
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29673 \begin_inset space ~
29689 \begin_layout Standard
29690 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29697 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29698 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29699 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29700 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29701 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29702 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29703 step to the next change.
29704 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29708 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29709 to describe a change.
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29718 \begin_inset Index idx
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29722 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29728 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29729 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29735 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29738 \begin_layout Section
29739 International Support
29740 \begin_inset Index idx
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 International support
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29753 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29754 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29755 how to set up LyX to use them:
29756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29758 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29767 \begin_inset space ~
29771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29773 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29780 \begin_layout Subsection
29782 \begin_inset Index idx
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29792 \begin_inset Index idx
29795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29796 Document ! Settings
29802 \begin_inset Index idx
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 Document ! Language
29814 \begin_layout Standard
29817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29820 dialog lets you set
29822 the language and character encoding for your language.
29826 \begin_layout Standard
29827 Choose your language in the
29831 section of this dialog.
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29844 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29849 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29850 For details about the different encoding options see section
29851 \begin_inset space ~
29855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29857 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29864 \begin_layout Subsection
29865 Keyboard mapping configuration
29866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29868 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29875 \begin_layout Standard
29876 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29877 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29878 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29879 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29880 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29882 \begin_inset space ~
29886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29888 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29893 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29894 which one you want to use.
29897 \begin_layout Standard
29898 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29899 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29900 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29901 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29902 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29903 one to support the characters you want.
29904 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29911 \begin_layout Subsection
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29917 \begin_inset space ~
29921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29923 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29932 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29937 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29938 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29946 \begin_layout Itemize
29947 Even if you have selected
29953 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29956 dialog, users who have only the
29960 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29964 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29965 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29966 french quotes won't show up.
29969 \begin_layout Standard
29970 \begin_inset Float table
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 \begin_inset Caption
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29981 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 \begin_inset Tabular
30000 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30001 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 \begin_layout Standard
34432 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34434 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34435 also the characters from
34447 \begin_layout Itemize
34456 \begin_layout Standard
34457 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34458 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34466 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34481 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34482 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34490 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34498 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34513 \begin_layout Itemize
34526 \begin_layout Standard
34528 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34536 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34544 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34552 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34560 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34575 \begin_layout Standard
34576 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34577 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34578 Also make sure you're using the
34585 \begin_layout Chapter
34588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34590 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34599 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34600 topic inside the user's guide.
34603 \begin_layout Section
34605 \begin_inset Index idx
34608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34617 \begin_layout Standard
34622 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34623 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34626 \begin_layout Subsection
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34631 Creates a new document.
34634 \begin_layout Subsection
34638 \begin_layout Standard
34639 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34640 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34641 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34644 \begin_layout Subsection
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34652 \begin_layout Subsection
34656 \begin_layout Standard
34657 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34658 Click there on a file to open it.
34661 \begin_layout Subsection
34665 \begin_layout Standard
34666 Closes the current document.
34669 \begin_layout Subsection
34673 \begin_layout Standard
34674 Closes all opened documents.
34677 \begin_layout Subsection
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34682 Saves the actual document.
34685 \begin_layout Subsection
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34690 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34693 \begin_layout Subsection
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34698 Saves all opened documents.
34701 \begin_layout Subsection
34705 \begin_layout Standard
34706 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34709 \begin_layout Subsection
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34714 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34715 It is described in the section
34717 Version Control in LyX
34721 Additional Features
34726 \begin_layout Subsection
34730 \begin_layout Standard
34731 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34732 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34733 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34734 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 When using the menu entry
34741 \begin_inset space ~
34746 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34750 \begin_inset space ~
34754 \begin_inset space ~
34759 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34760 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34763 \begin_layout Subsection
34765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34774 \begin_layout Standard
34775 You can export your document to various file formats.
34776 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34777 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34778 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34781 \begin_layout Standard
34782 Here is a list of all available entries
34783 \change_deleted 1 1262887786
34784 ; they are explained in detail in section
34785 \begin_inset space ~
34789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34791 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34796 \change_inserted 1 1262887786
34802 \begin_layout Description
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34811 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34813 \change_deleted 1 1262887560
34815 \change_inserted 1 1262887561
34817 \begin_inset Newline newline
34823 \change_deleted 1 1262887562
34826 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34827 \change_deleted 1 1262887564
34833 \begin_layout Description
34839 \change_inserted 1 1262887797
34841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34842 LatexCommand prettyref
34843 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34852 \begin_layout Description
34854 \change_inserted 1 1262887568
34856 \begin_inset Newline newline
34860 \change_deleted 1 1262887572
34862 \change_inserted 1 1262887573
34866 \change_inserted 1 1262887602
34868 \change_deleted 1 1262887603
34872 \change_inserted 1 1262887606
34874 \change_deleted 1 1262887609
34878 \change_inserted 1 1262887612
34881 a third-party product and
34882 \change_inserted 1 1262887674
34884 \change_deleted 1 1262887617
34888 \change_inserted 1 1262887618
34890 \change_deleted 1 1262887618
34896 \begin_layout Description
34898 \begin_inset space ~
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34905 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34909 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34917 \begin_layout Description
34924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34937 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34938 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34942 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34945 \begin_layout Description
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34965 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34966 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34974 \begin_layout Description
34976 \begin_inset space ~
34979 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34987 is replaced by the version number)
34988 \change_inserted 1 1262887695
34992 \begin_layout Description
34994 \change_inserted 1 1262887844
34995 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine (see
34996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34997 LatexCommand prettyref
34998 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35007 \begin_layout Description
35008 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35021 \change_inserted 1 1262887646
35023 \begin_inset Newline newline
35027 \change_deleted 1 1262887649
35029 \change_inserted 1 1262887649
35033 \change_inserted 1 1262887652
35035 \change_deleted 1 1262887652
35039 \change_inserted 1 1262887656
35041 \change_deleted 1 1262887654
35045 \change_inserted 1 1262887659
35048 a third-party product and
35049 \change_inserted 1 1262887665
35051 \change_deleted 1 1262887667
35055 \change_inserted 1 1262887669
35057 \change_deleted 1 1262887670
35063 \begin_layout Description
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35072 PDF-format using the program
35075 \change_inserted 1 1262887911
35079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35080 LatexCommand prettyref
35081 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35090 \begin_layout Description
35094 \begin_inset space ~
35099 PDF-format using the program
35102 \change_inserted 1 1262887913
35106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35107 LatexCommand prettyref
35108 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35117 \begin_layout Description
35121 \begin_inset space ~
35126 PDF-format using the program
35129 \change_inserted 1 1262887914
35133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35134 LatexCommand prettyref
35135 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35144 \begin_layout Description
35148 \begin_inset space ~
35156 \begin_layout Description
35160 \begin_inset space ~
35164 \begin_inset space ~
35169 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35170 and then exported as text using the program
35175 \begin_layout Description
35180 PostScript format using the program
35183 \change_inserted 1 1262887921
35187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35188 LatexCommand prettyref
35189 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35198 \begin_layout Description
35206 \begin_layout Standard
35211 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35212 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35218 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35222 If one of the menu entries
35229 \begin_inset space ~
35238 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35239 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35240 \begin_inset space ~
35244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35246 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35251 \begin_inset Index idx
35254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 Reconfiguration of LyX
35263 \begin_layout Standard
35268 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35269 the export program.
35272 \begin_layout Subsection
35276 \begin_layout Standard
35277 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35278 format or send it to a printer.
35279 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35280 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35286 For more information have a look at section
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35293 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35300 \begin_layout Subsection
35304 \begin_layout Standard
35305 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35306 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35307 prefix, see section
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35314 reference "sec:Paths"
35319 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35328 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35329 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35330 \begin_inset space ~
35334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35336 reference "sub:Converters"
35343 \begin_layout Subsection
35344 New and Close Window
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35348 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35351 \begin_layout Subsection
35355 \begin_layout Standard
35356 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35359 \begin_layout Section
35361 \begin_inset Index idx
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35373 \begin_layout Subsection
35377 \begin_layout Standard
35378 Described in section
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35385 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35392 \begin_layout Subsection
35393 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35397 Described in section
35398 \begin_inset space ~
35402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35404 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35411 \begin_layout Subsection
35415 \begin_layout Standard
35416 Selects the whole document.
35419 \begin_layout Subsection
35423 \begin_layout Standard
35424 Described in section
35425 \begin_inset space ~
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35431 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35438 \begin_layout Subsection
35439 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35442 \begin_layout Standard
35443 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35447 \begin_layout Subsection
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35452 Described in section
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35459 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35466 \begin_layout Subsection
35468 \begin_inset Index idx
35471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35472 Paragraph ! Settings
35480 \begin_layout Standard
35481 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35482 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35486 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35487 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35495 \begin_inset space ~
35503 \begin_layout Subsection
35504 Table Settings and Math
35507 \begin_layout Standard
35508 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35510 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35511 The properties of tables are described in section
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35518 reference "sec:Tables"
35522 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35529 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35537 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35541 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35542 that can be nested.
35543 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "sec:Nesting"
35555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35557 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35564 \begin_layout Section
35566 \begin_inset Index idx
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35578 \begin_layout Standard
35583 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35584 document with an external program.
35585 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35586 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35587 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35594 reference "sub:Export"
35599 You should at least see the menu entries
35606 \begin_inset space ~
35612 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35613 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35620 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35625 \begin_inset Index idx
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35629 Reconfiguration of LyX
35637 \begin_layout Standard
35638 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35639 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35640 \begin_inset space ~
35644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35646 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35651 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35654 \begin_layout Standard
35655 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35658 At the bottom of the
35662 menu the opened documents are listed.
35665 \begin_layout Subsection
35666 Open/Close all Insets
35669 \begin_layout Standard
35670 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35673 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35677 \begin_layout Standard
35678 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35681 \begin_layout Standard
35682 Math macros are described in the
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35709 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_layout Standard
35714 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35715 opening a new view window.
35718 \begin_layout Subsection
35722 \begin_layout Standard
35723 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35724 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35725 view the same document, but at different positions.
35726 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35727 or more documents at the same time.
35728 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35735 \begin_layout Subsection
35739 \begin_layout Standard
35740 Closes a split view.
35743 \begin_layout Subsection
35747 \begin_layout Standard
35748 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35749 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35750 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35751 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35752 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35755 \begin_layout Subsection
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35759 name "sub:Toolbars"
35764 \begin_inset Index idx
35767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35776 \begin_layout Standard
35777 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35778 All toolbars and the
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35786 can be turned on and off.
35791 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35812 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35816 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35823 \begin_layout Standard
35828 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35832 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35833 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35834 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35835 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35836 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35839 \begin_layout Standard
35840 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35854 \begin_layout Section
35856 \begin_inset Index idx
35859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 \begin_layout Subsection
35872 \begin_layout Standard
35873 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35874 \begin_inset space ~
35878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35880 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35891 \begin_layout Subsection
35893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35895 name "sub:Special-Character"
35902 \begin_layout Standard
35903 Here you can insert the following characters:
35906 \begin_layout Description
35907 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35908 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35909 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35910 \begin_inset Newline newline
35914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35922 Not all characters will be visible in the
35926 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35938 ) can display every character.
35946 \begin_layout Description
35947 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35951 \begin_layout Description
35953 \begin_inset space ~
35957 \begin_inset space ~
35960 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35961 \begin_inset space ~
35965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35967 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35974 \begin_layout Description
35976 \begin_inset space ~
35979 Quote Inserts this quote:
35980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35983 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35995 \begin_layout Description
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36000 Quote Inserts this quote:
36001 \begin_inset Quotes els
36007 \begin_layout Description
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36012 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36016 \begin_layout Description
36018 \begin_inset space ~
36021 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36025 \begin_layout Description
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36030 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36034 \begin_layout Description
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36040 \begin_inset Index idx
36043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36050 \begin_inset Index idx
36053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36054 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36059 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36060 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36061 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36066 \begin_inset Index idx
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36070 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36076 \begin_inset Newline newline
36079 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36091 and this Wiki-page:
36092 \begin_inset Newline newline
36096 \begin_inset Flex URL
36099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36101 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36109 \begin_layout Subsection
36113 \begin_layout Standard
36114 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36117 \begin_layout Description
36118 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36119 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36125 \begin_layout Description
36126 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36127 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36133 \begin_layout Description
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36138 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36145 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36152 \begin_layout Description
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36157 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36158 \begin_inset space ~
36162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36164 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36171 \begin_layout Description
36173 \begin_inset space ~
36176 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36183 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36190 \begin_layout Description
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36195 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36202 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36209 \begin_layout Description
36211 \begin_inset space ~
36214 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36221 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36228 \begin_layout Description
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36233 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36234 \begin_inset space ~
36238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36240 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36247 \begin_layout Description
36249 \begin_inset space ~
36252 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36266 \begin_layout Description
36268 \begin_inset space ~
36271 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36278 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36285 \begin_layout Description
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36291 \begin_inset space ~
36294 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36301 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36308 \begin_layout Description
36310 \begin_inset space ~
36313 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36314 text line to the page border, see section
36315 \begin_inset space ~
36319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36321 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36328 \begin_layout Description
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36333 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36334 \begin_inset space ~
36338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36340 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36347 \begin_layout Description
36349 \begin_inset space ~
36352 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36353 text page to the page border, described in section
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36360 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36367 \begin_layout Description
36369 \begin_inset space ~
36372 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36373 \begin_inset space ~
36377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36379 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36386 \begin_layout Description
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36392 \begin_inset space ~
36395 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36396 \begin_inset space ~
36400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36402 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36409 \begin_layout Subsection
36413 \begin_layout Standard
36414 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36415 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sec:toc"
36428 The index list is described in section
36429 \begin_inset space ~
36433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36435 reference "sec:Index"
36439 , the nomenclature in section
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36446 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36450 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 To insert floats, described in section
36470 \begin_inset space ~
36474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36476 reference "sec:Floats"
36483 \begin_layout Subsection
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 To insert notes, described in section
36489 \begin_inset space ~
36493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36495 reference "sec:Notes"
36502 \begin_layout Subsection
36506 \begin_layout Standard
36507 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36508 \begin_inset space ~
36512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36514 reference "sec:Branches"
36521 \begin_layout Subsection
36525 \begin_layout Standard
36526 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36527 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36529 An example is the document class
36530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36537 with three custom insets.
36540 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36546 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36549 \begin_layout Subsection
36551 \begin_inset Index idx
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36564 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36565 files in your document.
36566 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36577 \begin_layout Subsection
36579 \begin_inset Index idx
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36592 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36593 \begin_inset space ~
36597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36599 reference "sec:Minipages"
36604 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36615 \begin_layout Subsection
36619 \begin_layout Standard
36620 Inserts a citation as described in section
36621 \begin_inset space ~
36625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36627 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36634 \begin_layout Subsection
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36639 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36640 \begin_inset space ~
36644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36646 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36653 \begin_layout Subsection
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36658 Inserts a label as described in section
36659 \begin_inset space ~
36663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36665 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36672 \begin_layout Subsection
36674 \begin_inset Index idx
36677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36684 \begin_inset Index idx
36687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36688 Longtables ! Caption
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36697 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36698 Floats are described in section
36699 \begin_inset space ~
36703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36705 reference "sec:Floats"
36709 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36720 \begin_layout Subsection
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36725 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36726 \begin_inset space ~
36730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36732 reference "sec:Index"
36739 \begin_layout Subsection
36743 \begin_layout Standard
36744 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36745 \begin_inset space ~
36749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36751 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36758 \begin_layout Subsection
36762 \begin_layout Standard
36764 Tables are described in section
36765 \begin_inset space ~
36769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36771 reference "sec:Tables"
36778 \begin_layout Subsection
36782 \begin_layout Standard
36784 Graphics are described in section
36785 \begin_inset space ~
36789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36791 reference "sec:Graphics"
36798 \begin_layout Subsection
36802 \begin_layout Standard
36803 Inserts an URL as described in section
36804 \begin_inset space ~
36808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36810 reference "sub:URLs"
36817 \begin_layout Subsection
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36822 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36823 \begin_inset space ~
36827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36829 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36836 \begin_layout Subsection
36840 \begin_layout Standard
36841 Inserts a footnote, see section
36842 \begin_inset space ~
36846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36848 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36855 \begin_layout Subsection
36859 \begin_layout Standard
36860 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36861 \begin_inset space ~
36865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36867 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36874 \begin_layout Subsection
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36879 Inserts a short title, see section
36880 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36886 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36893 \begin_layout Subsection
36897 \begin_layout Standard
36898 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36899 \begin_inset space ~
36903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36905 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36912 \begin_layout Subsection
36914 \begin_inset Index idx
36917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 \begin_layout Standard
36927 Inserts a program listings box.
36928 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36930 Program Code Listings
36939 \begin_layout Subsection
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36944 Inserts the actual date.
36945 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36947 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36959 \begin_layout Section
36961 \begin_inset Index idx
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 \begin_layout Standard
36974 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36975 \begin_inset space ~
36978 of the current document.
36979 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36982 \begin_layout Subsection
36986 \begin_layout Standard
36987 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36988 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36994 \begin_inset space \space{}
36998 \begin_inset space ~
37002 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37003 \begin_inset space ~
37006 2.5 and use the menu
37009 \begin_inset space ~
37013 \begin_inset space ~
37020 \begin_inset space ~
37026 \begin_inset space ~
37030 \begin_inset space ~
37036 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37040 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37046 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37052 \begin_layout Standard
37053 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37054 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37057 \begin_layout Subsection
37058 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37061 \begin_layout Standard
37062 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37066 \begin_layout Subsection
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37071 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37072 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37073 on a cross-reference box.
37076 \begin_layout Section
37078 \begin_inset Index idx
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37090 \begin_layout Subsection
37094 \begin_layout Standard
37095 Change Tracking is described in section
37096 \begin_inset space ~
37100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37102 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37109 \begin_layout Subsection
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37124 \begin_layout Standard
37125 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37127 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37130 \begin_layout Standard
37131 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37136 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37139 \begin_layout Subsection
37143 \begin_layout Standard
37144 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37145 \begin_inset space ~
37149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37151 reference "sec:Navigating"
37156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37158 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37165 \begin_layout Subsection
37166 Start Appendix Here
37169 \begin_layout Standard
37170 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37171 position as described in section
37172 \begin_inset space ~
37176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37178 reference "sec:Appendices"
37185 \begin_layout Subsection
37189 \begin_layout Standard
37190 Un/compresses the current document.
37193 \begin_layout Subsection
37197 \begin_layout Standard
37198 The document settings are described in appendix
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37212 \begin_layout Section
37214 \begin_inset Index idx
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_layout Subsection
37230 \begin_layout Standard
37231 Spell checking is explained in section
37232 \begin_inset space ~
37236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37238 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37245 \begin_layout Subsection
37249 \begin_layout Standard
37250 The thesaurus is described in section
37251 \begin_inset space ~
37255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37257 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37264 \begin_layout Subsection
37266 \begin_inset Index idx
37269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 \begin_inset Index idx
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37290 highlighted document part.
37293 \begin_layout Subsection
37295 \begin_inset Index idx
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37307 \begin_layout Standard
37308 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37311 \begin_layout Subsection
37313 \begin_inset Index idx
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 Reconfiguration of LyX
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 \begin_inset Index idx
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 Reconfiguration of LyX
37357 \begin_layout Standard
37358 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37359 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37360 \begin_inset space ~
37364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37366 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37373 \begin_layout Subsection
37377 \begin_layout Standard
37378 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37385 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37392 \begin_layout Section
37394 \begin_inset Index idx
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37411 \begin_layout Standard
37415 \begin_inset space ~
37420 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37421 found by LyX (see also section
37422 \begin_inset space ~
37426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37428 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37435 \begin_layout Section
37437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37439 name "sec:Toolbars"
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37447 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37448 \begin_inset space ~
37452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37454 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37463 This is described in the
37465 Additional Features
37470 \begin_layout Subsection
37472 \begin_inset Index idx
37475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37484 \begin_layout Standard
37485 \begin_inset Graphics
37486 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37494 \begin_layout Standard
37495 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37501 \begin_layout Standard
37502 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 \begin_inset Note Note
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37528 manual for more information.
37536 \begin_layout Standard
37537 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37544 \begin_inset Tabular
37545 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37546 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 \begin_inset Graphics
37555 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37582 \begin_layout Standard
37583 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37589 \begin_layout Standard
37591 \begin_inset Tabular
37592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37593 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37594 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37595 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 \begin_inset Graphics
37604 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37620 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 \begin_inset Graphics
37633 filename ../images/file-open.png
37634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 \begin_inset Graphics
37662 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37678 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 \begin_inset Graphics
37691 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 \begin_inset Graphics
37720 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 \begin_inset Graphics
37749 filename ../images/undo.png
37750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 \begin_inset Graphics
37778 filename ../images/redo.png
37779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37806 \begin_inset Graphics
37807 filename ../images/cut.png
37808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 \begin_inset Graphics
37836 filename ../images/copy.png
37837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 \begin_inset Graphics
37865 filename ../images/paste.png
37866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 \begin_inset Graphics
37894 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37896 rotateOrigin center
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37911 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37931 \begin_inset Graphics
37932 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37934 rotateOrigin center
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37949 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37950 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 \begin_inset Graphics
37963 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37979 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37997 \begin_inset Graphics
37998 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38014 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38016 \begin_inset space ~
38027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 \begin_inset Graphics
38033 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 Formats text using the current settings in the
38049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 \begin_inset Graphics
38068 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38069 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38085 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38087 \begin_inset space ~
38096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 \begin_inset Graphics
38102 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38104 rotateOrigin center
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 \begin_inset Graphics
38132 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38133 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38134 rotateOrigin center
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 \begin_inset Graphics
38162 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38164 rotateOrigin center
38173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38177 Toggle outline window on/off,
38179 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 \begin_inset Graphics
38192 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38193 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38194 rotateOrigin center
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38221 rotateOrigin center
38230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38234 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38247 \begin_layout Subsection
38249 \begin_inset Index idx
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 \begin_layout Standard
38262 \begin_inset Graphics
38263 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38278 \begin_layout Standard
38279 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38283 \begin_layout Standard
38284 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38290 \begin_layout Standard
38291 \begin_inset Tabular
38292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38293 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38294 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38295 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 \begin_inset Graphics
38302 filename ../images/layout.png
38303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38304 rotateOrigin center
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 \begin_inset Graphics
38329 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38331 rotateOrigin center
38340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38355 \begin_inset Graphics
38356 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38358 rotateOrigin center
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38382 \begin_inset Graphics
38383 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38385 rotateOrigin center
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 \begin_inset Graphics
38410 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38412 rotateOrigin center
38421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38436 \begin_inset Graphics
38437 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38438 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38439 rotateOrigin center
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38454 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38456 \begin_inset space ~
38460 \begin_inset space ~
38469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38474 \begin_inset Graphics
38475 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38477 rotateOrigin center
38486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38498 \begin_inset space ~
38507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38512 \begin_inset Graphics
38513 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38514 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38530 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38542 \begin_inset Graphics
38543 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38560 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38572 \begin_inset Graphics
38573 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38601 \begin_inset Graphics
38602 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 \begin_inset Graphics
38631 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 \begin_inset Graphics
38660 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38678 \begin_inset space ~
38687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 \begin_inset Graphics
38693 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38711 \begin_inset space ~
38720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 \begin_inset Graphics
38726 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 \begin_inset Graphics
38755 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38757 rotateOrigin center
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38774 \begin_inset space ~
38783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38788 \begin_inset Graphics
38789 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38806 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 \begin_inset Graphics
38823 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 \begin_inset Graphics
38852 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38880 \begin_inset Graphics
38881 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 \begin_inset Graphics
38925 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38942 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38949 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38954 \begin_inset Graphics
38955 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38972 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38988 \begin_inset Graphics
38989 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38991 rotateOrigin center
39000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39006 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 \begin_inset Graphics
39023 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39025 rotateOrigin center
39034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39042 \begin_inset space ~
39051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39056 \begin_inset Graphics
39057 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39058 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39059 rotateOrigin center
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39088 \begin_layout Subsection
39089 View / Update Toolbar
39090 \begin_inset Index idx
39093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39094 Toolbar ! View / Update
39102 \begin_layout Standard
39103 \begin_inset Graphics
39104 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39118 \begin_layout Standard
39119 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39123 \begin_layout Standard
39124 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39130 \begin_layout Standard
39131 \begin_inset Tabular
39132 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39133 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39134 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39135 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39141 \begin_inset Graphics
39142 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39144 rotateOrigin center
39153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39159 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39171 \begin_inset Graphics
39172 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39174 rotateOrigin center
39183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39189 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39190 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39202 \begin_inset Graphics
39203 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39205 rotateOrigin center
39214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39232 \begin_inset Graphics
39233 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39235 rotateOrigin center
39244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39250 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39251 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 \begin_inset Graphics
39264 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39266 rotateOrigin center
39275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39281 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 \begin_inset Graphics
39294 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39296 rotateOrigin center
39305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39311 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39312 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39326 \begin_layout Subsection
39330 \begin_layout Standard
39331 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39338 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39342 , the table toolbar
39343 \begin_inset Index idx
39346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39356 manual, the math macro toolbar
39357 \begin_inset Index idx
39360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39373 \begin_layout Chapter
39374 The Document Settings
39375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39377 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39382 \begin_inset Index idx
39385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39386 Document ! Settings
39394 \begin_layout Standard
39395 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39396 whole document and is called with the menu
39398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39402 You can save your document settings as default with th
39404 e Save as Document Defaults
39406 button in the dialog.
39407 This will create a template name
39415 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39419 \begin_layout Standard
39420 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39423 \begin_layout Section
39427 \begin_layout Standard
39428 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39430 Document classes are described in section
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39437 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39442 Some classes use some class options by default.
39443 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39447 and you can decide to use them or not.
39448 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39449 recommended not to touch them.
39450 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39456 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39457 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39463 When you want one of the following drivers
39464 \begin_inset Newline newline
39467 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39468 \begin_inset Newline newline
39471 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39476 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39478 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39490 \begin_layout Standard
39491 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39492 child or subdocument.
39493 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39494 without its master.
39495 This way child documents are always compilable.
39496 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39507 \begin_layout Section
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39512 Modules are explained in section
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39519 reference "sub:Modules"
39526 \begin_layout Section
39530 \begin_layout Standard
39531 The document font settings are described in section
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39538 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39545 \begin_layout Section
39549 \begin_layout Standard
39550 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39552 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39558 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39559 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39562 \begin_layout Standard
39563 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39571 \begin_layout Section
39575 \begin_layout Standard
39576 A description of this menu is given in section
39577 \begin_inset space ~
39581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39583 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39590 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39597 \begin_layout Section
39601 \begin_layout Standard
39602 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39609 reference "sub:Margins"
39616 \begin_layout Section
39618 \begin_inset Index idx
39621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39622 Language ! Encoding
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39632 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39633 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39634 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39635 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39636 known for a particular character).
39640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39641 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39642 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39647 manual for details.
39655 \begin_layout Standard
39656 If you use the option
39660 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39661 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39662 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39663 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39664 exactly one encoding.
39665 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39674 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39675 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39677 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39692 \begin_layout Standard
39693 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39694 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39695 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39696 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39697 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39698 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39703 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39704 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39705 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39708 \begin_layout Standard
39709 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39712 \begin_layout Description
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39729 , but the LaTeX-package
39734 \begin_inset Index idx
39737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39738 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39744 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39745 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39746 languages in TeX code.
39749 \begin_layout Description
39750 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39751 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39752 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39755 \begin_layout Description
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39767 \begin_layout Description
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39776 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39779 \begin_layout Description
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39784 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39797 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39800 \begin_layout Description
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39809 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39813 \begin_layout Description
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39822 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39823 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39839 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39846 \begin_layout Description
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39856 \begin_inset space ~
39859 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39860 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39863 \begin_layout Description
39865 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39872 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39873 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39874 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39885 \begin_layout Description
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39894 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39895 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39896 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39897 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_layout Description
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39917 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39920 \begin_layout Description
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39929 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39932 \begin_layout Description
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39941 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39944 \begin_layout Description
39946 \begin_inset space ~
39949 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39952 \begin_layout Description
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39957 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39969 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39972 \begin_layout Description
39974 \begin_inset space ~
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39984 \begin_layout Description
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39993 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39996 \begin_layout Description
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_layout Description
40010 \begin_inset space ~
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40017 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40022 \begin_inset Index idx
40025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40026 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40031 , when using this, set the document language to
40036 \begin_layout Description
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40045 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40049 , when using this, set the document language to
40054 \begin_layout Description
40056 \begin_inset space ~
40060 \begin_inset space ~
40063 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40068 \begin_inset Index idx
40071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40072 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40077 , when using this, set the document language to
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40091 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40095 , when using this, set the document language to
40100 \begin_layout Description
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset space ~
40109 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40113 , when using this, set the document language to
40118 \begin_layout Description
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40123 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40126 \begin_layout Description
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40139 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40142 \begin_layout Description
40144 \begin_inset space ~
40148 \begin_inset space ~
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40155 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40156 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40157 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40160 \begin_layout Description
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_layout Description
40174 \begin_inset space ~
40178 \begin_inset space ~
40181 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40182 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40185 \begin_layout Description
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40194 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40199 \begin_inset Index idx
40202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40203 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40208 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40211 \begin_layout Description
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40220 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40224 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40233 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40234 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40248 \begin_layout Description
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40254 \begin_inset space ~
40257 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40262 \begin_inset Index idx
40265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40271 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40274 \begin_layout Description
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40279 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40284 \begin_inset Index idx
40287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40288 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40294 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40298 \begin_layout Description
40300 \begin_inset space ~
40304 \begin_inset space ~
40308 \begin_inset space ~
40311 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40318 \begin_layout Description
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40331 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40332 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40333 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40337 \begin_layout Description
40339 \begin_inset space ~
40343 \begin_inset space ~
40347 \begin_inset space ~
40350 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40351 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40354 \begin_layout Section
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40359 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40360 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40361 \begin_inset space ~
40365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40367 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40374 \begin_layout Section
40378 \begin_layout Standard
40379 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40384 \begin_inset Index idx
40387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40388 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40398 \begin_inset Index idx
40401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40402 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40407 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40412 \begin_inset Index idx
40415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40416 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40421 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40423 For a further description see section
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40430 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40437 \begin_layout Section
40441 \begin_layout Standard
40442 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40443 and you can define additional indexes.
40444 Please refer to section
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40451 reference "sec:Index"
40458 \begin_layout Section
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40463 The PDF properties are explained in section
40464 \begin_inset space ~
40468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40470 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40477 \begin_layout Section
40481 \begin_layout Standard
40482 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40487 \begin_inset Index idx
40490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40491 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40501 \begin_inset Index idx
40504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40505 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40510 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40513 \begin_layout Standard
40518 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40519 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40527 is used for special integral characters.
40530 \begin_layout Section
40534 \begin_layout Standard
40535 The float placement options are described in section
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40542 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40549 \begin_layout Section
40553 \begin_layout Standard
40554 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40555 The itemize environment is described in section
40556 \begin_inset space ~
40560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40562 reference "sec:Itemize"
40569 \begin_layout Section
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40574 Branches are described in section
40575 \begin_inset space ~
40579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40581 reference "sec:Branches"
40588 \begin_layout Section
40593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40603 \begin_layout Standard
40604 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40605 to define LaTeX-commands.
40606 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40607 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40612 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40619 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40626 \begin_layout Chapter
40632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40634 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40639 \begin_inset Index idx
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40654 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40658 It has the following submenus.
40661 \begin_layout Section
40665 \begin_layout Subsection
40669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40670 User Interface File
40671 \begin_inset Index idx
40674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40675 Customization ! of toolbars
40681 \begin_inset Index idx
40684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40685 Customization ! of menus
40693 \begin_layout Standard
40694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40713 interface (ui) file.
40714 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40715 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40724 Both files are loaded by the
40729 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40730 files and edit the entries.
40733 \begin_layout Standard
40734 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40746 entries must be ended with an explicit
40771 and in the case of the
40772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40784 The syntax for the entries is:
40787 \begin_layout Standard
40788 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40816 \begin_layout Standard
40818 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40821 All LyX-functions are listed in
40822 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40831 \begin_layout Standard
40832 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40838 \begin_layout Standard
40839 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40841 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40844 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40848 \begin_layout Standard
40849 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40873 \begin_layout Standard
40875 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40878 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40885 \begin_layout Standard
40888 Enable tool tips in main work area
40890 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40909 restoring of window layout and geometries
40911 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40912 in the last LyX session.
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40918 Restore cursor positions
40920 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40924 \begin_layout Standard
40927 Load opened files from last session
40929 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40932 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40936 name "sub:Backup documents"
40941 \begin_inset Index idx
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40953 \begin_layout Standard
40958 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40966 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40969 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40971 \begin_inset space ~
40979 \begin_layout Standard
40982 Open documents in tabs
40984 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40988 \begin_layout Subsection
40990 \begin_inset Index idx
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41002 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
41009 \begin_layout Standard
41010 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 This section only deals with the fonts
41027 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
41030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41031 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41042 \begin_layout Standard
41043 By default, LyX uses
41047 as roman (serif) font,
41055 (depends on the system) as
41058 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_layout Standard
41075 You can change the font size with the
41080 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41081 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41084 \begin_layout Standard
41089 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41090 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41095 points have the size of 1
41096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41100 \begin_inset space ~
41104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41106 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41113 \begin_layout Standard
41118 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41123 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41124 \begin_inset space ~
41128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41130 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41140 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41142 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41143 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41144 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41145 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41147 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41148 \begin_inset space ~
41154 \begin_layout Subsection
41156 \begin_inset Index idx
41159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 \begin_inset Index idx
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41178 \begin_layout Standard
41179 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41180 Choose an item in the list and use the
41187 \begin_layout Subsection
41189 \begin_inset Index idx
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 \begin_layout Standard
41202 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41205 \begin_layout Standard
41210 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41211 This feature is described in section
41212 \begin_inset space ~
41216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41218 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41225 \begin_layout Standard
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41237 \begin_inset space ~
41242 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41245 \begin_layout Section
41247 \begin_inset Index idx
41250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41259 \begin_layout Subsection
41263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41267 \begin_layout Standard
41270 Cursor follows scrollbar
41272 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41276 \begin_layout Standard
41279 Sort environments alphabetically
41281 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41284 \begin_layout Standard
41287 Group environments by their category
41289 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41292 \begin_layout Standard
41293 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41309 \begin_layout Standard
41310 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41315 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41316 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41320 \begin_layout Subsection
41322 \begin_inset Index idx
41325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41332 \begin_inset Index idx
41335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41336 Settings ! Shortcuts
41344 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41348 \begin_layout Standard
41349 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41350 Several binding files are available:
41353 \begin_layout Description
41354 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41357 \begin_layout Description
41358 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41369 \begin_layout Description
41370 mac.bind set of bindings for
41373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41381 \begin_layout Standard
41382 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41386 , and bind files for special languages.
41387 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41392 \begin_inset space \space{}
41396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41404 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41408 \begin_layout Standard
41409 Some bind-files, like
41413 , have only a small scope.
41414 When looking at the the end of the file
41418 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41425 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41430 \begin_inset Index idx
41433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 Key Bindings ! Editing
41442 \begin_layout Standard
41443 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41444 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41445 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41448 Show key-bindings containing
41451 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41452 Insert there for example as keyword
41453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41460 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41470 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41471 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41475 that you will find in the
41482 \begin_layout Standard
41484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41488 \begin_inset space \space{}
41499 , select the function and press the
41504 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41505 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41506 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41507 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41508 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41510 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41512 The binding for the function
41516 is an example of this.
41519 \begin_layout Standard
41520 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41522 The syntax of the entries is:
41525 \begin_layout Standard
41531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41549 \begin_layout Subsection
41551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41561 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41566 \begin_inset Index idx
41569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 \begin_inset Index idx
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41580 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41588 \begin_layout Standard
41589 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41590 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41596 \begin_inset space \space{}
41599 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41600 can use the keyboard map file named
41607 \begin_layout Standard
41608 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41616 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41624 \begin_layout Standard
41625 Besides this, you can specify here the
41627 Wheel scrolling speed
41630 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41634 \begin_layout Subsection
41636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41638 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41643 \begin_inset Index idx
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41655 \begin_layout Standard
41656 Input completion is described in sec.
41657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41663 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41668 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41670 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41671 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41675 \begin_layout Section
41677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41684 \begin_inset Index idx
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41694 \begin_inset Index idx
41697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41706 \begin_layout Description
41708 \begin_inset space ~
41711 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41712 It is the default when you
41723 \begin_inset space ~
41731 \begin_layout Description
41733 \begin_inset space ~
41736 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41738 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41740 \begin_inset space ~
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41752 \begin_layout Description
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41757 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41763 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41767 \begin_inset Newline newline
41771 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41783 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41791 \begin_layout Description
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41797 \begin_inset Index idx
41800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41807 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41808 \begin_inset space ~
41812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41814 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41822 will be used to save the backups.
41823 \begin_inset Newline newline
41826 The backup files have the ending
41827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41837 \begin_layout Description
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41850 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41851 \begin_inset Newline newline
41855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41863 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41871 \begin_layout Description
41873 \begin_inset space ~
41876 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41879 \begin_layout Description
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41884 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41885 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41886 to find it on the system.
41887 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41888 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41897 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41898 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41902 \begin_layout Section
41906 \begin_layout Standard
41907 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41908 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41916 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41920 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41923 \begin_layout Section
41925 \begin_inset Index idx
41928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 Language ! Settings
41935 \begin_inset Index idx
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41939 Settings ! Language
41947 \begin_layout Subsection
41951 \begin_layout Description
41953 \begin_inset space ~
41957 \begin_inset space ~
41960 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41961 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41962 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41963 You find the actual translation status here:
41964 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41966 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41967 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41974 \begin_layout Description
41976 \begin_inset space ~
41979 language is the language used in new documents
41982 \begin_layout Description
41984 \begin_inset space ~
41987 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41989 The default is the LaTeX-command
41995 that loads the package
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
42005 \begin_inset space ~
42009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42011 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
42021 \begin_inset Newline newline
42028 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
42029 to the document language.
42030 A text label is, for instance, the word
42031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42038 at the beginning of every table caption.
42041 \begin_layout Description
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42046 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
42047 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
42048 An example is the start command
42054 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42059 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42074 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42079 \begin_layout Description
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42089 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42090 command toggles the package on and off.
42093 \begin_layout Description
42095 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_layout Description
42106 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42107 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42108 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42109 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42116 \begin_layout Description
42118 \begin_inset space ~
42121 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42123 When this option is not set, the
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42131 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42132 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42135 \begin_inset space ~
42143 \begin_layout Description
42145 \begin_inset space ~
42151 \begin_inset space ~
42157 When it is not set, the
42160 \begin_inset space ~
42165 is set to the end of the document.
42168 \begin_layout Description
42170 \begin_inset space ~
42174 \begin_inset space ~
42177 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42178 language will be underlined blue.
42181 \begin_layout Description
42183 \begin_inset space ~
42187 \begin_inset space ~
42190 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42191 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42194 \begin_layout Description
42196 \begin_inset space ~
42199 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42200 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42201 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42202 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42205 \begin_layout Subsection
42209 \begin_layout Standard
42210 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42211 \begin_inset space ~
42215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42217 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42224 \begin_layout Section
42228 \begin_layout Subsection
42230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42237 \begin_inset Index idx
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 \begin_inset Index idx
42250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 \begin_layout Description
42261 \begin_inset space ~
42264 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42265 The name will be used when the
42270 \begin_inset Newline newline
42274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42290 \begin_layout Description
42292 \begin_inset space ~
42296 \begin_inset space ~
42300 \begin_inset space ~
42303 printer This option works only for the
42308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42320 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42321 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42324 \begin_layout Description
42326 \begin_inset space ~
42329 command is the command LyX
42330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42337 LaTeX uses for printing.
42338 The default is on most systems
42345 \begin_layout Description
42347 \begin_inset space ~
42351 \begin_inset space ~
42354 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42355 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42356 of the program that provides the
42363 \begin_layout Subsection
42365 \begin_inset Index idx
42368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42375 \begin_inset Index idx
42378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 Settings ! Date format
42387 \begin_layout Standard
42388 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42389 \begin_inset Newline newline
42393 \begin_inset Flex URL
42396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42404 \begin_inset Newline newline
42407 For example the format
42408 \begin_inset Newline newline
42412 \begin_inset Newline newline
42415 prints the date as day/month/year.
42418 \begin_layout Subsection
42422 \begin_layout Description
42424 \begin_inset space ~
42428 \begin_inset space ~
42431 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42434 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42435 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42437 \begin_inset space ~
42443 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42447 \begin_layout Description
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42452 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42457 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42458 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42461 \begin_layout Subsection
42466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42476 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42481 \begin_inset Index idx
42484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42493 \begin_layout Description
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42506 \begin_inset space ~
42509 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42514 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42536 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42549 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42550 LyX sets up in the background.
42551 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42554 \begin_layout Description
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42560 \begin_inset space ~
42563 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42568 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42571 \begin_layout Standard
42572 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42573 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42574 manuals of the applications.
42575 Currently the following commands can be set:
42578 \begin_layout Description
42583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42591 \begin_inset space ~
42594 command Command for the program
42598 that is described in the section
42604 Additional Features
42609 \begin_layout Description
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42625 command Command for the program
42629 that generates the bibliography, see section
42630 \begin_inset space ~
42634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42636 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42643 \begin_layout Description
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42648 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42655 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42662 \begin_layout Description
42664 \begin_inset space ~
42667 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42674 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42681 \begin_layout Description
42683 \begin_inset space ~
42687 \begin_inset space ~
42691 \begin_inset space ~
42695 \begin_inset space ~
42698 options They only have an effect when the program
42702 is used as DVI-viewer.
42705 \begin_layout Standard
42706 There are additionally the following options:
42709 \begin_layout Description
42711 \begin_inset space ~
42715 \begin_inset space ~
42719 \begin_inset space ~
42723 \begin_inset space ~
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42730 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42748 to separate folders.
42749 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42750 \begin_inset Index idx
42753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42760 \begin_inset Index idx
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42772 \begin_layout Description
42774 \begin_inset space ~
42778 \begin_inset space ~
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42786 \begin_inset space ~
42790 \begin_inset space ~
42794 \begin_inset space ~
42797 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42802 dialog when changing the document class.
42805 \begin_layout Section
42807 \begin_inset space ~
42811 \begin_inset Index idx
42814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42823 \begin_layout Subsection
42825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42827 name "sub:Converters"
42832 \begin_inset Index idx
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42844 \begin_layout Standard
42845 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42846 from one format to another.
42847 You can modify them or create new ones.
42848 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42855 \begin_inset space ~
42865 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42869 \begin_inset space ~
42874 drop-down list, modify the
42878 field, and press the
42885 \begin_layout Standard
42888 Converter File Cache
42890 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42893 Maximum Age (in days
42896 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42897 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42900 \begin_layout Standard
42901 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42902 the converter definition, is described in the section
42913 \begin_layout Subsection
42915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42917 name "sec:File-Formats"
42922 \begin_inset Index idx
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42932 \begin_inset Index idx
42935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 \begin_layout Standard
42945 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42946 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42950 \begin_layout Standard
42951 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42952 is described in the section
42963 \begin_layout Standard
42964 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42965 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42966 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42967 This is done by specifying a
42972 More about this is described in the section
42983 \begin_layout Chapter
42984 Units available in LyX
42985 \begin_inset Index idx
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42997 name "cha:Units-available-in"
43004 \begin_layout Standard
43005 To understand the units described in this documentation,
43006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43008 reference "cap:Units"
43012 explains all units available in LyX.
43015 \begin_layout Standard
43016 \begin_inset Float table
43022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43023 \begin_inset Caption
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43049 \begin_inset Tabular
43050 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
43051 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
43052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
43055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43204 scaled point (65536
43205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43265 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43320 % of original image width
43327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43534 \begin_layout Chapter
43536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43545 \begin_layout Standard
43546 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43547 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43550 \begin_layout Itemize
43553 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43556 \begin_layout Itemize
43562 \begin_layout Itemize
43568 \begin_layout Itemize
43574 \begin_layout Itemize
43580 \begin_layout Itemize
43586 \begin_layout Itemize
43592 \begin_layout Itemize
43598 \begin_layout Itemize
43601 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43604 \begin_layout Itemize
43610 \begin_layout Itemize
43616 \begin_layout Itemize
43622 \begin_layout Itemize
43628 \begin_layout Itemize
43634 \begin_layout Itemize
43640 \begin_layout Itemize
43646 \begin_layout Itemize
43652 \begin_layout Itemize
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43663 \begin_layout Standard
43664 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43667 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43674 \begin_layout Bibliography
43675 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43676 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43677 LatexCommand bibitem
43684 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43687 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43692 \begin_inset Newline newline
43696 \begin_inset Flex URL
43699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43701 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43709 \begin_layout Bibliography
43710 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43712 LatexCommand bibitem
43713 key "latexcompanion"
43717 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43719 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43722 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43725 \begin_layout Bibliography
43726 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43728 LatexCommand bibitem
43733 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43736 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43739 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43742 \begin_layout Bibliography
43743 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43744 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43745 LatexCommand bibitem
43752 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43755 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43758 \begin_layout Bibliography
43759 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43761 LatexCommand bibitem
43773 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43776 \begin_layout Bibliography
43777 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43778 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43779 LatexCommand bibitem
43785 \begin_inset Newline newline
43789 \begin_inset Flex URL
43792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43794 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43802 \begin_layout Bibliography
43803 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43804 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43805 LatexCommand bibitem
43811 \begin_inset Newline newline
43815 \begin_inset Flex URL
43818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43820 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43828 \begin_layout Bibliography
43829 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43830 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43831 LatexCommand bibitem
43837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43839 name "Documentation"
43840 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43849 \begin_inset Newline newline
43853 \begin_inset Flex URL
43856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43858 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43866 \begin_layout Bibliography
43867 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43869 LatexCommand bibitem
43875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43877 name "Documentation"
43878 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43882 how to use the program
43887 \begin_inset Newline newline
43891 \begin_inset Flex URL
43894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43896 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43904 \begin_layout Bibliography
43905 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43906 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43907 LatexCommand bibitem
43913 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43915 name "Documentation"
43916 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43925 \begin_inset Newline newline
43929 \begin_inset Flex URL
43932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43934 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43942 \begin_layout Bibliography
43943 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43944 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43945 LatexCommand bibitem
43951 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43953 name "Documentation"
43954 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43963 \begin_inset Newline newline
43967 \begin_inset Flex URL
43970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43972 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43980 \begin_layout Bibliography
43981 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43983 LatexCommand bibitem
43989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43991 name "Documentation"
43992 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43996 of the LaTeX-package
44001 \begin_inset Index idx
44004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44005 LaTeX-packages ! caption
44011 \begin_inset Newline newline
44015 \begin_inset Flex URL
44018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44020 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
44028 \begin_layout Bibliography
44029 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44031 LatexCommand bibitem
44037 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44039 name "Documentation"
44040 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
44044 of the LaTeX-package
44049 \begin_inset Index idx
44052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44053 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44059 \begin_inset Newline newline
44063 \begin_inset Flex URL
44066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44068 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44076 \begin_layout Bibliography
44077 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44078 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44079 LatexCommand bibitem
44087 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44089 name "Documentation"
44090 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44096 of the LaTeX-package
44101 \begin_inset Index idx
44104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44105 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44111 \begin_inset Newline newline
44115 \begin_inset Flex URL
44118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44120 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44128 \begin_layout Bibliography
44129 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44130 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44131 LatexCommand bibitem
44137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44139 name "Documentation"
44140 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44144 of the LaTeX-package
44149 \begin_inset Index idx
44152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44153 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44159 \begin_inset Newline newline
44163 \begin_inset Flex URL
44166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44168 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44176 \begin_layout Bibliography
44177 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44178 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44179 LatexCommand bibitem
44185 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44187 name "Documentation"
44188 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44192 of the LaTeX-package
44197 \begin_inset Index idx
44200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44201 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44207 \begin_inset Newline newline
44211 \begin_inset Flex URL
44214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44216 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44224 \begin_layout Bibliography
44225 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44226 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44227 LatexCommand bibitem
44233 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44235 name "Documentation"
44236 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44240 of the LaTeX-package
44245 \begin_inset Index idx
44248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44249 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44255 \begin_inset Newline newline
44259 \begin_inset Flex URL
44262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44264 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44272 \begin_layout Bibliography
44273 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44274 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44275 LatexCommand bibitem
44281 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44284 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44288 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44289 \begin_inset Newline newline
44293 \begin_inset Flex URL
44296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44298 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44306 \begin_layout Bibliography
44307 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44308 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44309 LatexCommand bibitem
44315 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44318 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44322 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44323 \begin_inset Newline newline
44327 \begin_inset Flex URL
44330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44332 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44340 \begin_layout Bibliography
44341 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44342 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44343 LatexCommand bibitem
44349 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44352 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44356 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44357 \begin_inset Newline newline
44361 \begin_inset Flex URL
44364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44366 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44374 \begin_layout Bibliography
44375 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44376 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44377 LatexCommand bibitem
44383 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44386 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44390 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44391 \begin_inset Newline newline
44395 \begin_inset Flex URL
44398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44400 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44408 \begin_layout Bibliography
44409 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44411 LatexCommand bibitem
44417 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44420 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44424 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44425 \begin_inset Newline newline
44429 \begin_inset Flex URL
44432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44434 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44442 \begin_layout Bibliography
44443 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44444 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44445 LatexCommand bibitem
44451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44454 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44458 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44459 \begin_inset Newline newline
44463 \begin_inset Flex URL
44466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44468 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44476 \begin_layout Bibliography
44477 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44479 LatexCommand bibitem
44485 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44488 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44492 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44493 \begin_inset Newline newline
44497 \begin_inset Flex URL
44500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44502 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44510 \begin_layout Bibliography
44511 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44513 LatexCommand bibitem
44519 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44522 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44526 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44527 \begin_inset Newline newline
44531 \begin_inset Flex URL
44534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44536 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44544 \begin_layout Bibliography
44545 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44547 LatexCommand bibitem
44553 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44556 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44560 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44561 \begin_inset Newline newline
44565 \begin_inset Flex URL
44568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44570 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44578 \begin_layout Bibliography
44579 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44580 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44581 LatexCommand bibitem
44587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44590 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44594 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44595 \begin_inset Newline newline
44599 \begin_inset Flex URL
44602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44604 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44612 \begin_layout Bibliography
44613 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44615 LatexCommand bibitem
44621 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44624 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44628 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44629 \begin_inset Newline newline
44633 \begin_inset Flex URL
44636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44638 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44646 \begin_layout Bibliography
44647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44649 LatexCommand bibitem
44655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44658 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44662 about new features in
44667 \begin_inset Newline newline
44671 \begin_inset Flex URL
44674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44676 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44684 \begin_layout Standard
44685 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44719 \begin_inset Note Note
44722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44729 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44730 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44731 bibliography is the second one:
44739 \begin_layout Standard
44740 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44741 LatexCommand bibtex
44742 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44743 options "biblio/alphadin"
44750 \begin_layout Standard
44751 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44756 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44762 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44763 LatexCommand printindex